GitList
Browse code

Add source code of the firmware for the IO Board

Pawel Jablonski authored on 05/06/2023 17:01:27
Showing 64 changed files
bin/Makefile
History View file @ 95b436b
... ... 
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ FS_DIR = ../fs
23 23 
 FS_APP = app
24 24 
 FS_FILE = file
25 25
26 
-#IO_SRC_DIR = ../io/firmware/src
27 
-#IO_HEX = io.hex
26 
+FW_DIR = ../fw
27 
+FW_HEX = Objects/io.hex
28 28
29 29 
 .PHONY: all
30 
-all: urom rom fs io
30 
+all: urom rom fs fw
31 31
32 32 
 urom: tools
33 33 
 	rm -rf urom
... ... 
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ fs: tools rom
60 60 
 	cp -r $(FS_DIR)/$(FS_APP) fs
61 61 
 	cp -r $(FS_DIR)/$(FS_FILE) fs
62 62
63 
-io:
64 
-	#rm -rf io
65 
-	#$(MAKE) -C $(IO_SRC_DIR)
66 
-	#mkdir -p io
67 
-	#cp $(IO_SRC)/$(IO_HEX) $(IO_DST)/
63 
+fw:
64 
+	rm -rf fw
65 
+	$(MAKE) -C $(FW_DIR)
66 
+	mkdir -p fw
67 
+	cp -f $(FW_DIR)/src/$(FW_HEX) fw | true
68 68
69 69 
 tools: tools_urom tools_asm tools_emu
70 70 
 	rm -rf tools
... ... 
@@ -98,9 +98,10 @@ clean:
98 98 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(ASM_DIR) clean
99 99 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(EMU_DIR) clean
100 100 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(FS_DIR) clean
101 
+	$(MAKE) -C $(FW_DIR) clean
101 102
102 103 
 	rm -rf tools
103 104 
 	rm -rf urom
104 105 
 	rm -rf rom
105 106 
 	rm -rf fs
106 
-	rm -rf io
107 
+	rm -rf fw
doc/Makefile
History View file @ 95b436b
... ... 
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
1 1 
 UROM_DOC_DIR = ../urom/doc
2 2 
 ASM_DOC_DIR = ../asm/doc
3 3 
 EMU_DOC_DIR = ../emu/doc
4 
-IO_DOC_DIR = ../io/firmware/doc
4 
+FW_DOC_DIR = ../fw/doc
5 5
6 6 
 .PHONY: all
7 
-all: urom asm emu io
7 
+all: urom asm emu fw
8 8
9 9 
 .PHONY: urom
10 10 
 urom:
... ... 
@@ -24,20 +24,20 @@ emu:
24 24 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(EMU_DOC_DIR)
25 25 
 	cp -R $(EMU_DOC_DIR)/html emu
26 26
27 
-.PHONY: io
28 
-io:
29 
-	#rm -rf io
30 
-	#$(MAKE) -C $(IO_DOC_DIR)
31 
-	#cp -R $(IO_DOC_DIR)/html io
27 
+.PHONY: fw
28 
+fw:
29 
+	rm -rf fw
30 
+	$(MAKE) -C $(FW_DOC_DIR)
31 
+	cp -R $(FW_DOC_DIR)/html fw
32 32
33 33 
 .PHONY: clean
34 34 
 clean:
35 35 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(UROM_DOC_DIR) clean
36 36 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(ASM_DOC_DIR) clean
37 37 
 	$(MAKE) -C $(EMU_DOC_DIR) clean
38 
-	#$(MAKE) -C $(IO_DOC_DIR) clean
38 
+	$(MAKE) -C $(FW_DOC_DIR) clean
39 39
40 40 
 	rm -rf urom
41 41 
 	rm -rf asm
42 42 
 	rm -rf emu
43 
-	rm -rf io
43 
+	rm -rf fw
fw/Makefile
History View file @ 95b436b
44 44 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
1 
+UV4 ?= UV4.exe
2 
+
3 
+FW_HEX = src/Objects/io.hex
4 
+FW_PRO = io.uvprojx
5 
+FW_LOG = build.log
6 
+
7 
+.PHONY: all
8 
+all: src doc
9 
+
10 
+.PHONY: src
11 
+src: $(FW_HEX)
12 
+
13 
+$(FW_HEX): src/*.c src/*.h
14 
+ifeq ($(OS),Windows_NT)
15 
+ifndef WINE
16 
+	cd src; \
17 
+	$(UV4) -j0 -b $(FW_PRO) -o $(FW_LOG)
18 
+endif
19 
+endif
20 
+
21 
+.PHONY: doc
22 
+doc:
23 
+	$(MAKE) -C doc
24 
+
25 
+.PHONY: clean
26 
+clean: clean_src clean_doc
27 
+
28 
+.PHONY: clean_src
29 
+clean_src:
30 
+	cd src; \
31 
+	rm -rf DebugConfig; \
32 
+	rm -rf Listings; \
33 
+	rm -rf Objects; \
34 
+	rm -rf $(FW_LOG)
35 
+
36 
+.PHONY: clean_doc
37 
+clean_doc:
38 
+	$(MAKE) -C doc clean
fw/doc/Doxyfile
History View file @ 95b436b
0 39 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,2671 @@
1 
+# Doxyfile 1.9.5
2 
+
3 
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
4 
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
5 
+#
6 
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
7 
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
8 
+#
9 
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
10 
+# The format is:
11 
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
12 
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
13 
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
14 
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
15 
+#
16 
+# Note:
17 
+#
18 
+# Use doxygen to compare the used configuration file with the template
19 
+# configuration file:
20 
+# doxygen -x [configFile]
21 
+# Use doxygen to compare the used configuration file with the template
22 
+# configuration file without replacing the environment variables or CMake type
23 
+# replacement variables:
24 
+# doxygen -x_noenv [configFile]
25 
+
26 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
27 
+# Project related configuration options
28 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
29 
+
30 
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the configuration
31 
+# file that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
32 
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
33 
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
34 
+# https://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/ for the list of possible encodings.
35 
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
36 
+
37 
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
38 
+
39 
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
40 
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
41 
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
42 
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
43 
+# The default value is: My Project.
44 
+
45 
+PROJECT_NAME           = "XiPU IO Board"
46 
+
47 
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
48 
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
49 
+# control system is used.
50 
+
51 
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
52 
+
53 
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
54 
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
55 
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
56 
+
57 
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
58 
+
59 
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
60 
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
61 
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
62 
+# the logo to the output directory.
63 
+
64 
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
65 
+
66 
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
67 
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
68 
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
69 
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
70 
+
71 
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       =
72 
+
73 
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create up to 4096
74 
+# sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format
75 
+# and will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
76 
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
77 
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
78 
+# performance problems for the file system. Adapt CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL to
79 
+# control the number of sub-directories.
80 
+# The default value is: NO.
81 
+
82 
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
83 
+
84 
+# Controls the number of sub-directories that will be created when
85 
+# CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES. Level 0 represents 16 directories, and every
86 
+# level increment doubles the number of directories, resulting in 4096
87 
+# directories at level 8 which is the default and also the maximum value. The
88 
+# sub-directories are organized in 2 levels, the first level always has a fixed
89 
+# numer of 16 directories.
90 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 8, default value: 8.
91 
+# This tag requires that the tag CREATE_SUBDIRS is set to YES.
92 
+
93 
+CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL   = 8
94 
+
95 
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
96 
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
97 
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
98 
+# U+3044.
99 
+# The default value is: NO.
100 
+
101 
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
102 
+
103 
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
104 
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
105 
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
106 
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Bulgarian,
107 
+# Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English
108 
+# (United States), Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek,
109 
+# Hindi, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with
110 
+# English messages), Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian,
111 
+# Lithuanian, Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese,
112 
+# Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish,
113 
+# Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
114 
+# The default value is: English.
115 
+
116 
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
117 
+
118 
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
119 
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
120 
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
121 
+# The default value is: YES.
122 
+
123 
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
124 
+
125 
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
126 
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
127 
+#
128 
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
129 
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
130 
+# The default value is: YES.
131 
+
132 
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
133 
+
134 
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
135 
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
136 
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
137 
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
138 
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
139 
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
140 
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
141 
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
142 
+
143 
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       =
144 
+
145 
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
146 
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
147 
+# description.
148 
+# The default value is: NO.
149 
+
150 
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
151 
+
152 
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
153 
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
154 
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
155 
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
156 
+# The default value is: NO.
157 
+
158 
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
159 
+
160 
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
161 
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
162 
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
163 
+# The default value is: YES.
164 
+
165 
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
166 
+
167 
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
168 
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
169 
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
170 
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
171 
+# strip.
172 
+#
173 
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
174 
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
175 
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
176 
+
177 
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
178 
+
179 
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
180 
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
181 
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
182 
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
183 
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
184 
+# using the -I flag.
185 
+
186 
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
187 
+
188 
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
189 
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
190 
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
191 
+# The default value is: NO.
192 
+
193 
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
194 
+
195 
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
196 
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
197 
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
198 
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
199 
+# description.)
200 
+# The default value is: NO.
201 
+
202 
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
203 
+
204 
+# If the JAVADOC_BANNER tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret a line
205 
+# such as
206 
+# /***************
207 
+# as being the beginning of a Javadoc-style comment "banner". If set to NO, the
208 
+# Javadoc-style will behave just like regular comments and it will not be
209 
+# interpreted by doxygen.
210 
+# The default value is: NO.
211 
+
212 
+JAVADOC_BANNER         = NO
213 
+
214 
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
215 
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
216 
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
217 
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
218 
+# The default value is: NO.
219 
+
220 
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
221 
+
222 
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
223 
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
224 
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
225 
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
226 
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
227 
+#
228 
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
229 
+# not recognized any more.
230 
+# The default value is: NO.
231 
+
232 
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
233 
+
234 
+# By default Python docstrings are displayed as preformatted text and doxygen's
235 
+# special commands cannot be used. By setting PYTHON_DOCSTRING to NO the
236 
+# doxygen's special commands can be used and the contents of the docstring
237 
+# documentation blocks is shown as doxygen documentation.
238 
+# The default value is: YES.
239 
+
240 
+PYTHON_DOCSTRING       = YES
241 
+
242 
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
243 
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
244 
+# The default value is: YES.
245 
+
246 
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
247 
+
248 
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
249 
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
250 
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
251 
+# The default value is: NO.
252 
+
253 
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
254 
+
255 
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
256 
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
257 
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
258 
+
259 
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
260 
+
261 
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
262 
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
263 
+# name=value
264 
+# For example adding
265 
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:^^"
266 
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
267 
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
268 
+# "Side Effects:". Note that you cannot put \n's in the value part of an alias
269 
+# to insert newlines (in the resulting output). You can put ^^ in the value part
270 
+# of an alias to insert a newline as if a physical newline was in the original
271 
+# file. When you need a literal { or } or , in the value part of an alias you
272 
+# have to escape them by means of a backslash (\), this can lead to conflicts
273 
+# with the commands \{ and \} for these it is advised to use the version @{ and
274 
+# @} or use a double escape (\\{ and \\})
275 
+
276 
+ALIASES                =
277 
+
278 
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
279 
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
280 
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
281 
+# members will be omitted, etc.
282 
+# The default value is: NO.
283 
+
284 
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
285 
+
286 
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
287 
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
288 
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
289 
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
290 
+# The default value is: NO.
291 
+
292 
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
293 
+
294 
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
295 
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
296 
+# The default value is: NO.
297 
+
298 
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
299 
+
300 
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
301 
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
302 
+# The default value is: NO.
303 
+
304 
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
305 
+
306 
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE tag to YES if your project consists of Slice
307 
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for that
308 
+# language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as modules, types will be
309 
+# separated into more groups, etc.
310 
+# The default value is: NO.
311 
+
312 
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE  = NO
313 
+
314 
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
315 
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
316 
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
317 
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
318 
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, JavaScript,
319 
+# Csharp (C#), C, C++, Lex, D, PHP, md (Markdown), Objective-C, Python, Slice,
320 
+# VHDL, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran:
321 
+# FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: Fortran. In the later case the parser
322 
+# tries to guess whether the code is fixed or free formatted code, this is the
323 
+# default for Fortran type files). For instance to make doxygen treat .inc files
324 
+# as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran),
325 
+# use: inc=Fortran f=C.
326 
+#
327 
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
328 
+#
329 
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
330 
+# the files are not read by doxygen. When specifying no_extension you should add
331 
+# * to the FILE_PATTERNS.
332 
+#
333 
+# Note see also the list of default file extension mappings.
334 
+
335 
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
336 
+
337 
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
338 
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
339 
+# documentation. See https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
340 
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
341 
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
342 
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
343 
+# The default value is: YES.
344 
+
345 
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
346 
+
347 
+# When the TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS tag is set to a non-zero value, all headings up
348 
+# to that level are automatically included in the table of contents, even if
349 
+# they do not have an id attribute.
350 
+# Note: This feature currently applies only to Markdown headings.
351 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 99, default value: 5.
352 
+# This tag requires that the tag MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is set to YES.
353 
+
354 
+TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS   = 5
355 
+
356 
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
357 
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
358 
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
359 
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
360 
+# The default value is: YES.
361 
+
362 
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
363 
+
364 
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
365 
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
366 
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
367 
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
368 
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
369 
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
370 
+# The default value is: NO.
371 
+
372 
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = YES
373 
+
374 
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
375 
+# enable parsing support.
376 
+# The default value is: NO.
377 
+
378 
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
379 
+
380 
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
381 
+# https://www.riverbankcomputing.com/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
382 
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
383 
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
384 
+# The default value is: NO.
385 
+
386 
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
387 
+
388 
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
389 
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
390 
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
391 
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
392 
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
393 
+# should set this option to NO.
394 
+# The default value is: YES.
395 
+
396 
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
397 
+
398 
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
399 
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
400 
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
401 
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
402 
+# The default value is: NO.
403 
+
404 
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
405 
+
406 
+# If one adds a struct or class to a group and this option is enabled, then also
407 
+# any nested class or struct is added to the same group. By default this option
408 
+# is disabled and one has to add nested compounds explicitly via \ingroup.
409 
+# The default value is: NO.
410 
+
411 
+GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
412 
+
413 
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
414 
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
415 
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
416 
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
417 
+# \nosubgrouping command.
418 
+# The default value is: YES.
419 
+
420 
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
421 
+
422 
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
423 
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
424 
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
425 
+# and RTF).
426 
+#
427 
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
428 
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
429 
+# The default value is: NO.
430 
+
431 
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
432 
+
433 
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
434 
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
435 
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
436 
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
437 
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
438 
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
439 
+# The default value is: NO.
440 
+
441 
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
442 
+
443 
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
444 
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
445 
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
446 
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
447 
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
448 
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
449 
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
450 
+# The default value is: NO.
451 
+
452 
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
453 
+
454 
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
455 
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
456 
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
457 
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
458 
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
459 
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
460 
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
461 
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
462 
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
463 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
464 
+
465 
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
466 
+
467 
+# The NUM_PROC_THREADS specifies the number of threads doxygen is allowed to use
468 
+# during processing. When set to 0 doxygen will based this on the number of
469 
+# cores available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value larger
470 
+# than 0 to get more control over the balance between CPU load and processing
471 
+# speed. At this moment only the input processing can be done using multiple
472 
+# threads. Since this is still an experimental feature the default is set to 1,
473 
+# which effectively disables parallel processing. Please report any issues you
474 
+# encounter. Generating dot graphs in parallel is controlled by the
475 
+# DOT_NUM_THREADS setting.
476 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 1.
477 
+
478 
+NUM_PROC_THREADS       = 1
479 
+
480 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
481 
+# Build related configuration options
482 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
483 
+
484 
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
485 
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
486 
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
487 
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
488 
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
489 
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
490 
+# The default value is: NO.
491 
+
492 
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
493 
+
494 
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
495 
+# be included in the documentation.
496 
+# The default value is: NO.
497 
+
498 
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
499 
+
500 
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL tag is set to YES, documented private virtual
501 
+# methods of a class will be included in the documentation.
502 
+# The default value is: NO.
503 
+
504 
+EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL   = NO
505 
+
506 
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
507 
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
508 
+# The default value is: NO.
509 
+
510 
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
511 
+
512 
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
513 
+# included in the documentation.
514 
+# The default value is: NO.
515 
+
516 
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
517 
+
518 
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
519 
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
520 
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
521 
+# for Java sources.
522 
+# The default value is: YES.
523 
+
524 
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
525 
+
526 
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
527 
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
528 
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
529 
+# included.
530 
+# The default value is: NO.
531 
+
532 
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
533 
+
534 
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
535 
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
536 
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
537 
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
538 
+# are hidden.
539 
+# The default value is: NO.
540 
+
541 
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = YES
542 
+
543 
+# If this flag is set to YES, the name of an unnamed parameter in a declaration
544 
+# will be determined by the corresponding definition. By default unnamed
545 
+# parameters remain unnamed in the output.
546 
+# The default value is: YES.
547 
+
548 
+RESOLVE_UNNAMED_PARAMS = YES
549 
+
550 
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
551 
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
552 
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
553 
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
554 
+# The default value is: NO.
555 
+
556 
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
557 
+
558 
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
559 
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
560 
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
561 
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
562 
+# The default value is: NO.
563 
+
564 
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
565 
+
566 
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
567 
+# declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be included in the
568 
+# documentation.
569 
+# The default value is: NO.
570 
+
571 
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
572 
+
573 
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
574 
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
575 
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
576 
+# The default value is: NO.
577 
+
578 
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
579 
+
580 
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
581 
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
582 
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
583 
+# The default value is: NO.
584 
+
585 
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
586 
+
587 
+# With the correct setting of option CASE_SENSE_NAMES doxygen will better be
588 
+# able to match the capabilities of the underlying filesystem. In case the
589 
+# filesystem is case sensitive (i.e. it supports files in the same directory
590 
+# whose names only differ in casing), the option must be set to YES to properly
591 
+# deal with such files in case they appear in the input. For filesystems that
592 
+# are not case sensitive the option should be set to NO to properly deal with
593 
+# output files written for symbols that only differ in casing, such as for two
594 
+# classes, one named CLASS and the other named Class, and to also support
595 
+# references to files without having to specify the exact matching casing. On
596 
+# Windows (including Cygwin) and MacOS, users should typically set this option
597 
+# to NO, whereas on Linux or other Unix flavors it should typically be set to
598 
+# YES.
599 
+# Possible values are: SYSTEM, NO and YES.
600 
+# The default value is: SYSTEM.
601 
+
602 
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
603 
+
604 
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
605 
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
606 
+# scope will be hidden.
607 
+# The default value is: NO.
608 
+
609 
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
610 
+
611 
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
612 
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
613 
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
614 
+# The default value is: NO.
615 
+
616 
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
617 
+
618 
+# If the SHOW_HEADERFILE tag is set to YES then the documentation for a class
619 
+# will show which file needs to be included to use the class.
620 
+# The default value is: YES.
621 
+
622 
+SHOW_HEADERFILE        = YES
623 
+
624 
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
625 
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
626 
+# The default value is: YES.
627 
+
628 
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
629 
+
630 
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
631 
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
632 
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
633 
+# The default value is: NO.
634 
+
635 
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = YES
636 
+
637 
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
638 
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
639 
+# The default value is: NO.
640 
+
641 
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
642 
+
643 
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
644 
+# documentation for inline members.
645 
+# The default value is: YES.
646 
+
647 
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
648 
+
649 
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
650 
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
651 
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
652 
+# The default value is: YES.
653 
+
654 
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
655 
+
656 
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
657 
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
658 
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
659 
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
660 
+# The default value is: NO.
661 
+
662 
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
663 
+
664 
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
665 
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
666 
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
667 
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
668 
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
669 
+# member documentation.
670 
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
671 
+# detailed member documentation.
672 
+# The default value is: NO.
673 
+
674 
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
675 
+
676 
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
677 
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
678 
+# appear in their defined order.
679 
+# The default value is: NO.
680 
+
681 
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
682 
+
683 
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
684 
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
685 
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
686 
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
687 
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
688 
+# list.
689 
+# The default value is: NO.
690 
+
691 
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
692 
+
693 
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
694 
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
695 
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
696 
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
697 
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
698 
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
699 
+# The default value is: NO.
700 
+
701 
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
702 
+
703 
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
704 
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
705 
+# The default value is: YES.
706 
+
707 
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
708 
+
709 
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
710 
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
711 
+# The default value is: YES.
712 
+
713 
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
714 
+
715 
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
716 
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
717 
+# The default value is: YES.
718 
+
719 
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
720 
+
721 
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
722 
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
723 
+# the documentation.
724 
+# The default value is: YES.
725 
+
726 
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
727 
+
728 
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
729 
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
730 
+# ... \endcond blocks.
731 
+
732 
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
733 
+
734 
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
735 
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
736 
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
737 
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
738 
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
739 
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
740 
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
741 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
742 
+
743 
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
744 
+
745 
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
746 
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
747 
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
748 
+# The default value is: YES.
749 
+
750 
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
751 
+
752 
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
753 
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
754 
+# (if specified).
755 
+# The default value is: YES.
756 
+
757 
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
758 
+
759 
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
760 
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
761 
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
762 
+# The default value is: YES.
763 
+
764 
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
765 
+
766 
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
767 
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
768 
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
769 
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
770 
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
771 
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
772 
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
773 
+
774 
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
775 
+
776 
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
777 
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
778 
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
779 
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
780 
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
781 
+# will be used as the name of the layout file. See also section "Changing the
782 
+# layout of pages" for information.
783 
+#
784 
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
785 
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
786 
+# tag is left empty.
787 
+
788 
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
789 
+
790 
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
791 
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
792 
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
793 
+# to be installed. See also https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
794 
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
795 
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
796 
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
797 
+
798 
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
799 
+
800 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
801 
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
802 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
803 
+
804 
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
805 
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
806 
+# messages are off.
807 
+# The default value is: NO.
808 
+
809 
+QUIET                  = NO
810 
+
811 
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
812 
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
813 
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
814 
+#
815 
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
816 
+# The default value is: YES.
817 
+
818 
+WARNINGS               = YES
819 
+
820 
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
821 
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
822 
+# will automatically be disabled.
823 
+# The default value is: YES.
824 
+
825 
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
826 
+
827 
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
828 
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as documenting some parameters in
829 
+# a documented function twice, or documenting parameters that don't exist or
830 
+# using markup commands wrongly.
831 
+# The default value is: YES.
832 
+
833 
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
834 
+
835 
+# If WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC is set to YES, doxygen will warn about incomplete
836 
+# function parameter documentation. If set to NO, doxygen will accept that some
837 
+# parameters have no documentation without warning.
838 
+# The default value is: YES.
839 
+
840 
+WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC = YES
841 
+
842 
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
843 
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
844 
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong parameter
845 
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. If EXTRACT_ALL is
846 
+# set to YES then this flag will automatically be disabled. See also
847 
+# WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC
848 
+# The default value is: NO.
849 
+
850 
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
851 
+
852 
+# If the WARN_AS_ERROR tag is set to YES then doxygen will immediately stop when
853 
+# a warning is encountered. If the WARN_AS_ERROR tag is set to FAIL_ON_WARNINGS
854 
+# then doxygen will continue running as if WARN_AS_ERROR tag is set to NO, but
855 
+# at the end of the doxygen process doxygen will return with a non-zero status.
856 
+# Possible values are: NO, YES and FAIL_ON_WARNINGS.
857 
+# The default value is: NO.
858 
+
859 
+WARN_AS_ERROR          = YES
860 
+
861 
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
862 
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
863 
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
864 
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
865 
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
866 
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
867 
+# See also: WARN_LINE_FORMAT
868 
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
869 
+
870 
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
871 
+
872 
+# In the $text part of the WARN_FORMAT command it is possible that a reference
873 
+# to a more specific place is given. To make it easier to jump to this place
874 
+# (outside of doxygen) the user can define a custom "cut" / "paste" string.
875 
+# Example:
876 
+# WARN_LINE_FORMAT = "'vi $file +$line'"
877 
+# See also: WARN_FORMAT
878 
+# The default value is: at line $line of file $file.
879 
+
880 
+WARN_LINE_FORMAT       = "at line $line of file $file"
881 
+
882 
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
883 
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
884 
+# error (stderr). In case the file specified cannot be opened for writing the
885 
+# warning and error messages are written to standard error. When as file - is
886 
+# specified the warning and error messages are written to standard output
887 
+# (stdout).
888 
+
889 
+WARN_LOGFILE           = warnings.log
890 
+
891 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
892 
+# Configuration options related to the input files
893 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
894 
+
895 
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
896 
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
897 
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
898 
+# spaces. See also FILE_PATTERNS and EXTENSION_MAPPING
899 
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
900 
+
901 
+INPUT                  = ../src
902 
+
903 
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
904 
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
905 
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
906 
+# documentation (see:
907 
+# https://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/) for the list of possible encodings.
908 
+# See also: INPUT_FILE_ENCODING
909 
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
910 
+
911 
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
912 
+
913 
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
914 
+# that doxygen parses The INPUT_FILE_ENCODING tag can be used to specify
915 
+# character encoding on a per file pattern basis. Doxygen will compare the file
916 
+# name with each pattern and apply the encoding instead of the default
917 
+# INPUT_ENCODING) if there is a match. The character encodings are a list of the
918 
+# form: pattern=encoding (like *.php=ISO-8859-1). See cfg_input_encoding
919 
+# "INPUT_ENCODING" for further information on supported encodings.
920 
+
921 
+INPUT_FILE_ENCODING    =
922 
+
923 
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
924 
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
925 
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories.
926 
+#
927 
+# Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also
928 
+# need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not
929 
+# read by doxygen.
930 
+#
931 
+# Note the list of default checked file patterns might differ from the list of
932 
+# default file extension mappings.
933 
+#
934 
+# If left blank the following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp,
935 
+# *.c++, *.java, *.ii, *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h,
936 
+# *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, *.h++, *.l, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml,
937 
+# *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, *.md, *.mm, *.dox (to be provided as doxygen C
938 
+# comment), *.py, *.pyw, *.f90, *.f95, *.f03, *.f08, *.f18, *.f, *.for, *.vhd,
939 
+# *.vhdl, *.ucf, *.qsf and *.ice.
940 
+
941 
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
942 
+                         *.c
943 
+
944 
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
945 
+# be searched for input files as well.
946 
+# The default value is: NO.
947 
+
948 
+RECURSIVE              = NO
949 
+
950 
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
951 
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
952 
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
953 
+#
954 
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
955 
+# run.
956 
+
957 
+EXCLUDE                =
958 
+
959 
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
960 
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
961 
+# from the input.
962 
+# The default value is: NO.
963 
+
964 
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
965 
+
966 
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
967 
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
968 
+# certain files from those directories.
969 
+#
970 
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
971 
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
972 
+
973 
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
974 
+
975 
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
976 
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
977 
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
978 
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
979 
+# ANamespace::AClass, ANamespace::*Test
980 
+#
981 
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
982 
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
983 
+
984 
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
985 
+
986 
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
987 
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
988 
+# command).
989 
+
990 
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
991 
+
992 
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
993 
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
994 
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
995 
+# files are included.
996 
+
997 
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       =
998 
+
999 
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
1000 
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
1001 
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
1002 
+# The default value is: NO.
1003 
+
1004 
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
1005 
+
1006 
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
1007 
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
1008 
+# \image command).
1009 
+
1010 
+IMAGE_PATH             =
1011 
+
1012 
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
1013 
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
1014 
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
1015 
+#
1016 
+# <filter> <input-file>
1017 
+#
1018 
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
1019 
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
1020 
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
1021 
+# will be ignored.
1022 
+#
1023 
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
1024 
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
1025 
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
1026 
+#
1027 
+# Note that doxygen will use the data processed and written to standard output
1028 
+# for further processing, therefore nothing else, like debug statements or used
1029 
+# commands (so in case of a Windows batch file always use @echo OFF), should be
1030 
+# written to standard output.
1031 
+#
1032 
+# Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also
1033 
+# need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not
1034 
+# properly processed by doxygen.
1035 
+
1036 
+INPUT_FILTER           =
1037 
+
1038 
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
1039 
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
1040 
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
1041 
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
1042 
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
1043 
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
1044 
+#
1045 
+# Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also
1046 
+# need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not
1047 
+# properly processed by doxygen.
1048 
+
1049 
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
1050 
+
1051 
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
1052 
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
1053 
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
1054 
+# The default value is: NO.
1055 
+
1056 
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
1057 
+
1058 
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
1059 
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
1060 
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
1061 
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
1062 
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
1063 
+
1064 
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
1065 
+
1066 
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
1067 
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
1068 
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
1069 
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
1070 
+
1071 
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
1072 
+
1073 
+# The Fortran standard specifies that for fixed formatted Fortran code all
1074 
+# characters from position 72 are to be considered as comment. A common
1075 
+# extension is to allow longer lines before the automatic comment starts. The
1076 
+# setting FORTRAN_COMMENT_AFTER will also make it possible that longer lines can
1077 
+# be processed before the automatic comment starts.
1078 
+# Minimum value: 7, maximum value: 10000, default value: 72.
1079 
+
1080 
+FORTRAN_COMMENT_AFTER  = 72
1081 
+
1082 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1083 
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
1084 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1085 
+
1086 
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
1087 
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
1088 
+#
1089 
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
1090 
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
1091 
+# The default value is: NO.
1092 
+
1093 
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
1094 
+
1095 
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
1096 
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
1097 
+# The default value is: NO.
1098 
+
1099 
+INLINE_SOURCES         = YES
1100 
+
1101 
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
1102 
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
1103 
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
1104 
+# The default value is: YES.
1105 
+
1106 
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
1107 
+
1108 
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
1109 
+# entity all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
1110 
+# The default value is: NO.
1111 
+
1112 
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
1113 
+
1114 
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
1115 
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
1116 
+# The default value is: NO.
1117 
+
1118 
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
1119 
+
1120 
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
1121 
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
1122 
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
1123 
+# link to the documentation.
1124 
+# The default value is: YES.
1125 
+
1126 
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
1127 
+
1128 
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
1129 
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
1130 
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
1131 
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
1132 
+# can opt to disable this feature.
1133 
+# The default value is: YES.
1134 
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
1135 
+
1136 
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
1137 
+
1138 
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
1139 
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
1140 
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
1141 
+# (see https://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
1142 
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
1143 
+#
1144 
+# To use it do the following:
1145 
+# - Install the latest version of global
1146 
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the configuration file
1147 
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
1148 
+# - Run doxygen as normal
1149 
+#
1150 
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
1151 
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
1152 
+#
1153 
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
1154 
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
1155 
+# The default value is: NO.
1156 
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
1157 
+
1158 
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
1159 
+
1160 
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
1161 
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
1162 
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
1163 
+# See also: Section \class.
1164 
+# The default value is: YES.
1165 
+
1166 
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
1167 
+
1168 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1169 
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
1170 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1171 
+
1172 
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
1173 
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
1174 
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
1175 
+# The default value is: YES.
1176 
+
1177 
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
1178 
+
1179 
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
1180 
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
1181 
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
1182 
+# while generating the index headers.
1183 
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
1184 
+
1185 
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
1186 
+
1187 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1188 
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
1189 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1190 
+
1191 
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
1192 
+# The default value is: YES.
1193 
+
1194 
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
1195 
+
1196 
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
1197 
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
1198 
+# it.
1199 
+# The default directory is: html.
1200 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1201 
+
1202 
+HTML_OUTPUT            =
1203 
+
1204 
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
1205 
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
1206 
+# The default value is: .html.
1207 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1208 
+
1209 
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
1210 
+
1211 
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
1212 
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
1213 
+# standard header.
1214 
+#
1215 
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
1216 
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
1217 
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
1218 
+# default header using
1219 
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
1220 
+# YourConfigFile
1221 
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
1222 
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
1223 
+# uses.
1224 
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
1225 
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
1226 
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
1227 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1228 
+
1229 
+HTML_HEADER            =
1230 
+
1231 
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
1232 
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
1233 
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
1234 
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
1235 
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
1236 
+# that doxygen normally uses.
1237 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1238 
+
1239 
+HTML_FOOTER            =
1240 
+
1241 
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
1242 
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
1243 
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
1244 
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
1245 
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
1246 
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
1247 
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
1248 
+# obsolete.
1249 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1250 
+
1251 
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
1252 
+
1253 
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
1254 
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
1255 
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
1256 
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
1257 
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
1258 
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
1259 
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
1260 
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
1261 
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
1262 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1263 
+
1264 
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
1265 
+
1266 
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
1267 
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
1268 
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
1269 
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
1270 
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
1271 
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
1272 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1273 
+
1274 
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
1275 
+
1276 
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE tag can be used to specify if the generated HTML output
1277 
+# should be rendered with a dark or light theme. Default setting AUTO_LIGHT
1278 
+# enables light output unless the user preference is dark output. Other options
1279 
+# are DARK to always use dark mode, LIGHT to always use light mode, AUTO_DARK to
1280 
+# default to dark mode unless the user prefers light mode, and TOGGLE to let the
1281 
+# user toggle between dark and light mode via a button.
1282 
+# Possible values are: LIGHT Always generate light output., DARK Always generate
1283 
+# dark output., AUTO_LIGHT Automatically set the mode according to the user
1284 
+# preference, use light mode if no preference is set (the default)., AUTO_DARK
1285 
+# Automatically set the mode according to the user preference, use dark mode if
1286 
+# no preference is set. and TOGGLE Allow to user to switch between light and
1287 
+# dark mode via a button..
1288 
+# The default value is: AUTO_LIGHT.
1289 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1290 
+
1291 
+HTML_COLORSTYLE        = AUTO_LIGHT
1292 
+
1293 
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
1294 
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
1295 
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a color-wheel, see
1296 
+# https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
1297 
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
1298 
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
1299 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
1300 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1301 
+
1302 
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
1303 
+
1304 
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
1305 
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use gray-scales only. A
1306 
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
1307 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
1308 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1309 
+
1310 
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
1311 
+
1312 
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
1313 
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
1314 
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
1315 
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
1316 
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
1317 
+# change the gamma.
1318 
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
1319 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1320 
+
1321 
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
1322 
+
1323 
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
1324 
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
1325 
+# to YES can help to show when doxygen was last run and thus if the
1326 
+# documentation is up to date.
1327 
+# The default value is: NO.
1328 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1329 
+
1330 
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
1331 
+
1332 
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
1333 
+# documentation will contain a main index with vertical navigation menus that
1334 
+# are dynamically created via JavaScript. If disabled, the navigation index will
1335 
+# consists of multiple levels of tabs that are statically embedded in every HTML
1336 
+# page. Disable this option to support browsers that do not have JavaScript,
1337 
+# like the Qt help browser.
1338 
+# The default value is: YES.
1339 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1340 
+
1341 
+HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS     = NO
1342 
+
1343 
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
1344 
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
1345 
+# page has loaded.
1346 
+# The default value is: NO.
1347 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1348 
+
1349 
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
1350 
+
1351 
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
1352 
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
1353 
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
1354 
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
1355 
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
1356 
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
1357 
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
1358 
+# tree by default.
1359 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
1360 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1361 
+
1362 
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
1363 
+
1364 
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
1365 
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
1366 
+# environment (see:
1367 
+# https://developer.apple.com/xcode/), introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To
1368 
+# create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the HTML
1369 
+# output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that directory and
1370 
+# running make install will install the docset in
1371 
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
1372 
+# startup. See https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/featuredarticles/Doxy
1373 
+# genXcode/_index.html for more information.
1374 
+# The default value is: NO.
1375 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1376 
+
1377 
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
1378 
+
1379 
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
1380 
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
1381 
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
1382 
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
1383 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
1384 
+
1385 
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen docs"
1386 
+
1387 
+# This tag determines the URL of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
1388 
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
1389 
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
1390 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
1391 
+
1392 
+DOCSET_FEEDURL         =
1393 
+
1394 
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
1395 
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
1396 
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
1397 
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
1398 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
1399 
+
1400 
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Doxygen
1401 
+
1402 
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
1403 
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
1404 
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
1405 
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
1406 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
1407 
+
1408 
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
1409 
+
1410 
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
1411 
+# The default value is: Publisher.
1412 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
1413 
+
1414 
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
1415 
+
1416 
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
1417 
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
1418 
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
1419 
+# on Windows. In the beginning of 2021 Microsoft took the original page, with
1420 
+# a.o. the download links, offline the HTML help workshop was already many years
1421 
+# in maintenance mode). You can download the HTML help workshop from the web
1422 
+# archives at Installation executable (see:
1423 
+# http://web.archive.org/web/20160201063255/http://download.microsoft.com/downlo
1424 
+# ad/0/A/9/0A939EF6-E31C-430F-A3DF-DFAE7960D564/htmlhelp.exe).
1425 
+#
1426 
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
1427 
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
1428 
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
1429 
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
1430 
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
1431 
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
1432 
+# compressed HTML files.
1433 
+# The default value is: NO.
1434 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1435 
+
1436 
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
1437 
+
1438 
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
1439 
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
1440 
+# written to the html output directory.
1441 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
1442 
+
1443 
+CHM_FILE               =
1444 
+
1445 
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
1446 
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
1447 
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
1448 
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
1449 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
1450 
+
1451 
+HHC_LOCATION           =
1452 
+
1453 
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
1454 
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the main .chm file (NO).
1455 
+# The default value is: NO.
1456 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
1457 
+
1458 
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
1459 
+
1460 
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
1461 
+# and project file content.
1462 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
1463 
+
1464 
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
1465 
+
1466 
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
1467 
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
1468 
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
1469 
+# The default value is: NO.
1470 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
1471 
+
1472 
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
1473 
+
1474 
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
1475 
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
1476 
+# The default value is: NO.
1477 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
1478 
+
1479 
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
1480 
+
1481 
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
1482 
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
1483 
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
1484 
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
1485 
+# The default value is: NO.
1486 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1487 
+
1488 
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
1489 
+
1490 
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
1491 
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
1492 
+# the HTML output folder.
1493 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1494 
+
1495 
+QCH_FILE               =
1496 
+
1497 
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
1498 
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
1499 
+# (see:
1500 
+# https://doc.qt.io/archives/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
1501 
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
1502 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1503 
+
1504 
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
1505 
+
1506 
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
1507 
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
1508 
+# Folders (see:
1509 
+# https://doc.qt.io/archives/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders).
1510 
+# The default value is: doc.
1511 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1512 
+
1513 
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
1514 
+
1515 
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
1516 
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
1517 
+# Filters (see:
1518 
+# https://doc.qt.io/archives/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters).
1519 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1520 
+
1521 
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
1522 
+
1523 
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
1524 
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
1525 
+# Filters (see:
1526 
+# https://doc.qt.io/archives/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters).
1527 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1528 
+
1529 
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
1530 
+
1531 
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
1532 
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
1533 
+# https://doc.qt.io/archives/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
1534 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1535 
+
1536 
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
1537 
+
1538 
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
1539 
+# including file name) of Qt's qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to
1540 
+# run qhelpgenerator on the generated .qhp file.
1541 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
1542 
+
1543 
+QHG_LOCATION           =
1544 
+
1545 
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
1546 
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
1547 
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
1548 
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
1549 
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
1550 
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
1551 
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
1552 
+# The default value is: NO.
1553 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1554 
+
1555 
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
1556 
+
1557 
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
1558 
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
1559 
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
1560 
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
1561 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
1562 
+
1563 
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
1564 
+
1565 
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
1566 
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
1567 
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
1568 
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
1569 
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
1570 
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
1571 
+# The default value is: NO.
1572 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1573 
+
1574 
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
1575 
+
1576 
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
1577 
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
1578 
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
1579 
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
1580 
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
1581 
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
1582 
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
1583 
+# further fine tune the look of the index (see "Fine-tuning the output"). As an
1584 
+# example, the default style sheet generated by doxygen has an example that
1585 
+# shows how to put an image at the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME.
1586 
+# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index, you could
1587 
+# consider setting DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
1588 
+# The default value is: NO.
1589 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1590 
+
1591 
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
1592 
+
1593 
+# When both GENERATE_TREEVIEW and DISABLE_INDEX are set to YES, then the
1594 
+# FULL_SIDEBAR option determines if the side bar is limited to only the treeview
1595 
+# area (value NO) or if it should extend to the full height of the window (value
1596 
+# YES). Setting this to YES gives a layout similar to
1597 
+# https://docs.readthedocs.io with more room for contents, but less room for the
1598 
+# project logo, title, and description. If either GENERATE_TREEVIEW or
1599 
+# DISABLE_INDEX is set to NO, this option has no effect.
1600 
+# The default value is: NO.
1601 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1602 
+
1603 
+FULL_SIDEBAR           = NO
1604 
+
1605 
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
1606 
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
1607 
+#
1608 
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
1609 
+# in the overview section.
1610 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
1611 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1612 
+
1613 
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
1614 
+
1615 
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
1616 
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
1617 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
1618 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1619 
+
1620 
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
1621 
+
1622 
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
1623 
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
1624 
+# The default value is: NO.
1625 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1626 
+
1627 
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
1628 
+
1629 
+# If the OBFUSCATE_EMAILS tag is set to YES, doxygen will obfuscate email
1630 
+# addresses.
1631 
+# The default value is: YES.
1632 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1633 
+
1634 
+OBFUSCATE_EMAILS       = YES
1635 
+
1636 
+# If the HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT option is set to svg, doxygen will use the pdf2svg
1637 
+# tool (see https://github.com/dawbarton/pdf2svg) or inkscape (see
1638 
+# https://inkscape.org) to generate formulas as SVG images instead of PNGs for
1639 
+# the HTML output. These images will generally look nicer at scaled resolutions.
1640 
+# Possible values are: png (the default) and svg (looks nicer but requires the
1641 
+# pdf2svg or inkscape tool).
1642 
+# The default value is: png.
1643 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1644 
+
1645 
+HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT    = png
1646 
+
1647 
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
1648 
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
1649 
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
1650 
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
1651 
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
1652 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1653 
+
1654 
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
1655 
+
1656 
+# The FORMULA_MACROFILE can contain LaTeX \newcommand and \renewcommand commands
1657 
+# to create new LaTeX commands to be used in formulas as building blocks. See
1658 
+# the section "Including formulas" for details.
1659 
+
1660 
+FORMULA_MACROFILE      =
1661 
+
1662 
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
1663 
+# https://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side JavaScript for the rendering
1664 
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
1665 
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
1666 
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
1667 
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
1668 
+# The default value is: NO.
1669 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1670 
+
1671 
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
1672 
+
1673 
+# With MATHJAX_VERSION it is possible to specify the MathJax version to be used.
1674 
+# Note that the different versions of MathJax have different requirements with
1675 
+# regards to the different settings, so it is possible that also other MathJax
1676 
+# settings have to be changed when switching between the different MathJax
1677 
+# versions.
1678 
+# Possible values are: MathJax_2 and MathJax_3.
1679 
+# The default value is: MathJax_2.
1680 
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
1681 
+
1682 
+MATHJAX_VERSION        = MathJax_2
1683 
+
1684 
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
1685 
+# the MathJax output. For more details about the output format see MathJax
1686 
+# version 2 (see:
1687 
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/v2.7-latest/output.html) and MathJax version 3
1688 
+# (see:
1689 
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/web/components/output.html).
1690 
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
1691 
+# compatibility. This is the name for Mathjax version 2, for MathJax version 3
1692 
+# this will be translated into chtml), NativeMML (i.e. MathML. Only supported
1693 
+# for NathJax 2. For MathJax version 3 chtml will be used instead.), chtml (This
1694 
+# is the name for Mathjax version 3, for MathJax version 2 this will be
1695 
+# translated into HTML-CSS) and SVG.
1696 
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
1697 
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
1698 
+
1699 
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
1700 
+
1701 
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
1702 
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
1703 
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
1704 
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
1705 
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
1706 
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
1707 
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
1708 
+# MathJax from https://www.mathjax.org before deployment. The default value is:
1709 
+# - in case of MathJax version 2: https://cdn.jsdelivr.net/npm/mathjax@2
1710 
+# - in case of MathJax version 3: https://cdn.jsdelivr.net/npm/mathjax@3
1711 
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
1712 
+
1713 
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        =
1714 
+
1715 
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
1716 
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
1717 
+# for MathJax version 2 (see
1718 
+# https://docs.mathjax.org/en/v2.7-latest/tex.html#tex-and-latex-extensions):
1719 
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
1720 
+# For example for MathJax version 3 (see
1721 
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/input/tex/extensions/index.html):
1722 
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = ams
1723 
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
1724 
+
1725 
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
1726 
+
1727 
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
1728 
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
1729 
+# (see:
1730 
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/v2.7-latest/output.html) for more details. For an
1731 
+# example see the documentation.
1732 
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
1733 
+
1734 
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
1735 
+
1736 
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
1737 
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
1738 
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
1739 
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
1740 
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
1741 
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
1742 
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
1743 
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
1744 
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
1745 
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
1746 
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
1747 
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
1748 
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
1749 
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
1750 
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
1751 
+# option.
1752 
+# The default value is: YES.
1753 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
1754 
+
1755 
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
1756 
+
1757 
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
1758 
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using JavaScript. There
1759 
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
1760 
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
1761 
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
1762 
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
1763 
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
1764 
+# The default value is: NO.
1765 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
1766 
+
1767 
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
1768 
+
1769 
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
1770 
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
1771 
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
1772 
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
1773 
+# search results.
1774 
+#
1775 
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
1776 
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
1777 
+# Xapian (see:
1778 
+# https://xapian.org/).
1779 
+#
1780 
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
1781 
+# The default value is: NO.
1782 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
1783 
+
1784 
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
1785 
+
1786 
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
1787 
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
1788 
+#
1789 
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
1790 
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
1791 
+# Xapian (see:
1792 
+# https://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for
1793 
+# details.
1794 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
1795 
+
1796 
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
1797 
+
1798 
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
1799 
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
1800 
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
1801 
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
1802 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
1803 
+
1804 
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
1805 
+
1806 
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
1807 
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
1808 
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
1809 
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
1810 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
1811 
+
1812 
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
1813 
+
1814 
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
1815 
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
1816 
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
1817 
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
1818 
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
1819 
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
1820 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
1821 
+
1822 
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
1823 
+
1824 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1825 
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
1826 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1827 
+
1828 
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
1829 
+# The default value is: YES.
1830 
+
1831 
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
1832 
+
1833 
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
1834 
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
1835 
+# it.
1836 
+# The default directory is: latex.
1837 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1838 
+
1839 
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
1840 
+
1841 
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
1842 
+# invoked.
1843 
+#
1844 
+# Note that when not enabling USE_PDFLATEX the default is latex when enabling
1845 
+# USE_PDFLATEX the default is pdflatex and when in the later case latex is
1846 
+# chosen this is overwritten by pdflatex. For specific output languages the
1847 
+# default can have been set differently, this depends on the implementation of
1848 
+# the output language.
1849 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1850 
+
1851 
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         =
1852 
+
1853 
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
1854 
+# index for LaTeX.
1855 
+# Note: This tag is used in the Makefile / make.bat.
1856 
+# See also: LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD for the part in the generated output file
1857 
+# (.tex).
1858 
+# The default file is: makeindex.
1859 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1860 
+
1861 
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
1862 
+
1863 
+# The LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD tag can be used to specify the command name to
1864 
+# generate index for LaTeX. In case there is no backslash (\) as first character
1865 
+# it will be automatically added in the LaTeX code.
1866 
+# Note: This tag is used in the generated output file (.tex).
1867 
+# See also: MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME for the part in the Makefile / make.bat.
1868 
+# The default value is: makeindex.
1869 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1870 
+
1871 
+LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD    = makeindex
1872 
+
1873 
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
1874 
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
1875 
+# trees in general.
1876 
+# The default value is: NO.
1877 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1878 
+
1879 
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
1880 
+
1881 
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
1882 
+# printer.
1883 
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
1884 
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
1885 
+# The default value is: a4.
1886 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1887 
+
1888 
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4
1889 
+
1890 
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
1891 
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. The package can be specified just
1892 
+# by its name or with the correct syntax as to be used with the LaTeX
1893 
+# \usepackage command. To get the times font for instance you can specify :
1894 
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times or EXTRA_PACKAGES={times}
1895 
+# To use the option intlimits with the amsmath package you can specify:
1896 
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=[intlimits]{amsmath}
1897 
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
1898 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1899 
+
1900 
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
1901 
+
1902 
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined LaTeX header for
1903 
+# the generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the
1904 
+# first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. It
1905 
+# is highly recommended to start with a default header using
1906 
+# doxygen -w latex new_header.tex new_footer.tex new_stylesheet.sty
1907 
+# and then modify the file new_header.tex. See also section "Doxygen usage" for
1908 
+# information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally uses.
1909 
+#
1910 
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing!
1911 
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
1912 
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. The following
1913 
+# commands have a special meaning inside the header (and footer): For a
1914 
+# description of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
1915 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1916 
+
1917 
+LATEX_HEADER           =
1918 
+
1919 
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined LaTeX footer for
1920 
+# the generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the
1921 
+# last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
1922 
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
1923 
+# special commands can be used inside the footer. See also section "Doxygen
1924 
+# usage" for information on how to generate the default footer that doxygen
1925 
+# normally uses. Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are
1926 
+# doing!
1927 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1928 
+
1929 
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
1930 
+
1931 
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
1932 
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
1933 
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
1934 
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
1935 
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
1936 
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
1937 
+# list).
1938 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1939 
+
1940 
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
1941 
+
1942 
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
1943 
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
1944 
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
1945 
+# markers available.
1946 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1947 
+
1948 
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
1949 
+
1950 
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
1951 
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
1952 
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
1953 
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
1954 
+# The default value is: YES.
1955 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1956 
+
1957 
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
1958 
+
1959 
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use the engine as
1960 
+# specified with LATEX_CMD_NAME to generate the PDF file directly from the LaTeX
1961 
+# files. Set this option to YES, to get a higher quality PDF documentation.
1962 
+#
1963 
+# See also section LATEX_CMD_NAME for selecting the engine.
1964 
+# The default value is: YES.
1965 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1966 
+
1967 
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
1968 
+
1969 
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
1970 
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
1971 
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
1972 
+# The default value is: NO.
1973 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1974 
+
1975 
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
1976 
+
1977 
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
1978 
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
1979 
+# The default value is: NO.
1980 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1981 
+
1982 
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
1983 
+
1984 
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
1985 
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
1986 
+# https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
1987 
+# The default value is: plain.
1988 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1989 
+
1990 
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
1991 
+
1992 
+# If the LATEX_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated
1993 
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
1994 
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
1995 
+# The default value is: NO.
1996 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
1997 
+
1998 
+LATEX_TIMESTAMP        = NO
1999 
+
2000 
+# The LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
2001 
+# path from which the emoji images will be read. If a relative path is entered,
2002 
+# it will be relative to the LATEX_OUTPUT directory. If left blank the
2003 
+# LATEX_OUTPUT directory will be used.
2004 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
2005 
+
2006 
+LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY  =
2007 
+
2008 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2009 
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
2010 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011 
+
2012 
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
2013 
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
2014 
+# readers/editors.
2015 
+# The default value is: NO.
2016 
+
2017 
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
2018 
+
2019 
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
2020 
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
2021 
+# it.
2022 
+# The default directory is: rtf.
2023 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
2024 
+
2025 
+RTF_OUTPUT             =
2026 
+
2027 
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
2028 
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
2029 
+# trees in general.
2030 
+# The default value is: NO.
2031 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
2032 
+
2033 
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
2034 
+
2035 
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
2036 
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
2037 
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
2038 
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
2039 
+# fields.
2040 
+#
2041 
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
2042 
+# The default value is: NO.
2043 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
2044 
+
2045 
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
2046 
+
2047 
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
2048 
+# configuration file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
2049 
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
2050 
+#
2051 
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
2052 
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
2053 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
2054 
+
2055 
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
2056 
+
2057 
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
2058 
+# similar to doxygen's configuration file. A template extensions file can be
2059 
+# generated using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
2060 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
2061 
+
2062 
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
2063 
+
2064 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2065 
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
2066 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2067 
+
2068 
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
2069 
+# classes and files.
2070 
+# The default value is: NO.
2071 
+
2072 
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
2073 
+
2074 
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
2075 
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
2076 
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
2077 
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
2078 
+# The default directory is: man.
2079 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
2080 
+
2081 
+MAN_OUTPUT             =
2082 
+
2083 
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
2084 
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
2085 
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
2086 
+# optional.
2087 
+# The default value is: .3.
2088 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
2089 
+
2090 
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
2091 
+
2092 
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
2093 
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
2094 
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
2095 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
2096 
+
2097 
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
2098 
+
2099 
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
2100 
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
2101 
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
2102 
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
2103 
+# The default value is: NO.
2104 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
2105 
+
2106 
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
2107 
+
2108 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2109 
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
2110 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2111 
+
2112 
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
2113 
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
2114 
+# The default value is: NO.
2115 
+
2116 
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
2117 
+
2118 
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
2119 
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
2120 
+# it.
2121 
+# The default directory is: xml.
2122 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
2123 
+
2124 
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
2125 
+
2126 
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
2127 
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
2128 
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
2129 
+# of the XML output.
2130 
+# The default value is: YES.
2131 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
2132 
+
2133 
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
2134 
+
2135 
+# If the XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE tag is set to YES, doxygen will include
2136 
+# namespace members in file scope as well, matching the HTML output.
2137 
+# The default value is: NO.
2138 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
2139 
+
2140 
+XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
2141 
+
2142 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2143 
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
2144 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2145 
+
2146 
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
2147 
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
2148 
+# The default value is: NO.
2149 
+
2150 
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
2151 
+
2152 
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
2153 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
2154 
+# front of it.
2155 
+# The default directory is: docbook.
2156 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
2157 
+
2158 
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
2159 
+
2160 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2161 
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
2162 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2163 
+
2164 
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
2165 
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sourceforge.net/) file that captures
2166 
+# the structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature
2167 
+# is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
2168 
+# The default value is: NO.
2169 
+
2170 
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
2171 
+
2172 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2173 
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
2174 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2175 
+
2176 
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
2177 
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
2178 
+#
2179 
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
2180 
+# The default value is: NO.
2181 
+
2182 
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
2183 
+
2184 
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
2185 
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
2186 
+# output from the Perl module output.
2187 
+# The default value is: NO.
2188 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
2189 
+
2190 
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
2191 
+
2192 
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
2193 
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
2194 
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
2195 
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
2196 
+# just the same.
2197 
+# The default value is: YES.
2198 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
2199 
+
2200 
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
2201 
+
2202 
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
2203 
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
2204 
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
2205 
+# overwrite each other's variables.
2206 
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
2207 
+
2208 
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
2209 
+
2210 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2211 
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
2212 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2213 
+
2214 
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
2215 
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
2216 
+# The default value is: YES.
2217 
+
2218 
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
2219 
+
2220 
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
2221 
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
2222 
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
2223 
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
2224 
+# The default value is: NO.
2225 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2226 
+
2227 
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
2228 
+
2229 
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
2230 
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
2231 
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
2232 
+# The default value is: NO.
2233 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2234 
+
2235 
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
2236 
+
2237 
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
2238 
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
2239 
+# The default value is: YES.
2240 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2241 
+
2242 
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = NO
2243 
+
2244 
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
2245 
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
2246 
+# preprocessor. Note that the INCLUDE_PATH is not recursive, so the setting of
2247 
+# RECURSIVE has no effect here.
2248 
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
2249 
+
2250 
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
2251 
+
2252 
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
2253 
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
2254 
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
2255 
+# used.
2256 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2257 
+
2258 
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
2259 
+
2260 
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
2261 
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
2262 
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
2263 
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
2264 
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
2265 
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
2266 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2267 
+
2268 
+PREDEFINED             =
2269 
+
2270 
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
2271 
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
2272 
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
2273 
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
2274 
+# definition found in the source code.
2275 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2276 
+
2277 
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
2278 
+
2279 
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
2280 
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
2281 
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
2282 
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
2283 
+# removed.
2284 
+# The default value is: YES.
2285 
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
2286 
+
2287 
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
2288 
+
2289 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2290 
+# Configuration options related to external references
2291 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2292 
+
2293 
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
2294 
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
2295 
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
2296 
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
2297 
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
2298 
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
2299 
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
2300 
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
2301 
+# of tag files.
2302 
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
2303 
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
2304 
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
2305 
+
2306 
+TAGFILES               =
2307 
+
2308 
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
2309 
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
2310 
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
2311 
+
2312 
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = doxygen.tag
2313 
+
2314 
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
2315 
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
2316 
+# listed.
2317 
+# The default value is: NO.
2318 
+
2319 
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
2320 
+
2321 
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
2322 
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
2323 
+# listed.
2324 
+# The default value is: YES.
2325 
+
2326 
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
2327 
+
2328 
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
2329 
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
2330 
+# be listed.
2331 
+# The default value is: YES.
2332 
+
2333 
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
2334 
+
2335 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2336 
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
2337 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2338 
+
2339 
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
2340 
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
2341 
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
2342 
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
2343 
+
2344 
+DIA_PATH               =
2345 
+
2346 
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
2347 
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
2348 
+# The default value is: YES.
2349 
+
2350 
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = NO
2351 
+
2352 
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
2353 
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
2354 
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
2355 
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
2356 
+# set to NO
2357 
+# The default value is: NO.
2358 
+
2359 
+HAVE_DOT               = YES
2360 
+
2361 
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
2362 
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
2363 
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
2364 
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
2365 
+# speed.
2366 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
2367 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2368 
+
2369 
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 1
2370 
+
2371 
+# DOT_COMMON_ATTR is common attributes for nodes, edges and labels of
2372 
+# subgraphs. When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that
2373 
+# doxygen generates you can specify fontname, fontcolor and fontsize attributes.
2374 
+# For details please see <a href=https://graphviz.org/doc/info/attrs.html>Node,
2375 
+# Edge and Graph Attributes specification</a> You need to make sure dot is able
2376 
+# to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by
2377 
+# setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
2378 
+# directory containing the font. Default graphviz fontsize is 14.
2379 
+# The default value is: fontname=Helvetica,fontsize=10.
2380 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2381 
+
2382 
+DOT_COMMON_ATTR        = "fontname=Helvetica,fontsize=10"
2383 
+
2384 
+# DOT_EDGE_ATTR is concatenated with DOT_COMMON_ATTR. For elegant style you can
2385 
+# add 'arrowhead=open, arrowtail=open, arrowsize=0.5'. <a
2386 
+# href=https://graphviz.org/doc/info/arrows.html>Complete documentation about
2387 
+# arrows shapes.</a>
2388 
+# The default value is: labelfontname=Helvetica,labelfontsize=10.
2389 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2390 
+
2391 
+DOT_EDGE_ATTR          = "labelfontname=Helvetica,labelfontsize=10"
2392 
+
2393 
+# DOT_NODE_ATTR is concatenated with DOT_COMMON_ATTR. For view without boxes
2394 
+# around nodes set 'shape=plain' or 'shape=plaintext' <a
2395 
+# href=https://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/shapes.html>Shapes specification</a>
2396 
+# The default value is: shape=box,height=0.2,width=0.4.
2397 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2398 
+
2399 
+DOT_NODE_ATTR          = "shape=box,height=0.2,width=0.4"
2400 
+
2401 
+# You can set the path where dot can find font specified with fontname in
2402 
+# DOT_COMMON_ATTR and others dot attributes.
2403 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2404 
+
2405 
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
2406 
+
2407 
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES (or GRAPH) then doxygen will generate a
2408 
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance
2409 
+# relations. In case HAVE_DOT is set as well dot will be used to draw the graph,
2410 
+# otherwise the built-in generator will be used. If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set
2411 
+# to TEXT the direct and indirect inheritance relations will be shown as texts /
2412 
+# links.
2413 
+# Possible values are: NO, YES, TEXT and GRAPH.
2414 
+# The default value is: YES.
2415 
+
2416 
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
2417 
+
2418 
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
2419 
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
2420 
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
2421 
+# class with other documented classes.
2422 
+# The default value is: YES.
2423 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2424 
+
2425 
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
2426 
+
2427 
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
2428 
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. See also the chapter Grouping
2429 
+# in the manual.
2430 
+# The default value is: YES.
2431 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2432 
+
2433 
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
2434 
+
2435 
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
2436 
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
2437 
+# Language.
2438 
+# The default value is: NO.
2439 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2440 
+
2441 
+UML_LOOK               = NO
2442 
+
2443 
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
2444 
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
2445 
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
2446 
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
2447 
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
2448 
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
2449 
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
2450 
+# 10.
2451 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
2452 
+# This tag requires that the tag UML_LOOK is set to YES.
2453 
+
2454 
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
2455 
+
2456 
+# If the DOT_UML_DETAILS tag is set to NO, doxygen will show attributes and
2457 
+# methods without types and arguments in the UML graphs. If the DOT_UML_DETAILS
2458 
+# tag is set to YES, doxygen will add type and arguments for attributes and
2459 
+# methods in the UML graphs. If the DOT_UML_DETAILS tag is set to NONE, doxygen
2460 
+# will not generate fields with class member information in the UML graphs. The
2461 
+# class diagrams will look similar to the default class diagrams but using UML
2462 
+# notation for the relationships.
2463 
+# Possible values are: NO, YES and NONE.
2464 
+# The default value is: NO.
2465 
+# This tag requires that the tag UML_LOOK is set to YES.
2466 
+
2467 
+DOT_UML_DETAILS        = NO
2468 
+
2469 
+# The DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD tag can be used to set the maximum number of characters
2470 
+# to display on a single line. If the actual line length exceeds this threshold
2471 
+# significantly it will wrapped across multiple lines. Some heuristics are apply
2472 
+# to avoid ugly line breaks.
2473 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 17.
2474 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2475 
+
2476 
+DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD     = 17
2477 
+
2478 
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
2479 
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
2480 
+# instances.
2481 
+# The default value is: NO.
2482 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2483 
+
2484 
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = YES
2485 
+
2486 
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
2487 
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
2488 
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
2489 
+# files.
2490 
+# The default value is: YES.
2491 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2492 
+
2493 
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
2494 
+
2495 
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
2496 
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
2497 
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
2498 
+# files.
2499 
+# The default value is: YES.
2500 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2501 
+
2502 
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
2503 
+
2504 
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
2505 
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
2506 
+#
2507 
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
2508 
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
2509 
+# functions only using the \callgraph command. Disabling a call graph can be
2510 
+# accomplished by means of the command \hidecallgraph.
2511 
+# The default value is: NO.
2512 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2513 
+
2514 
+CALL_GRAPH             = YES
2515 
+
2516 
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
2517 
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
2518 
+#
2519 
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
2520 
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
2521 
+# functions only using the \callergraph command. Disabling a caller graph can be
2522 
+# accomplished by means of the command \hidecallergraph.
2523 
+# The default value is: NO.
2524 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2525 
+
2526 
+CALLER_GRAPH           = YES
2527 
+
2528 
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
2529 
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
2530 
+# The default value is: YES.
2531 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2532 
+
2533 
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
2534 
+
2535 
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
2536 
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
2537 
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
2538 
+# files in the directories.
2539 
+# The default value is: YES.
2540 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2541 
+
2542 
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
2543 
+
2544 
+# The DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH tag can be used to limit the maximum number of levels
2545 
+# of child directories generated in directory dependency graphs by dot.
2546 
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 25, default value: 1.
2547 
+# This tag requires that the tag DIRECTORY_GRAPH is set to YES.
2548 
+
2549 
+DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH    = 1
2550 
+
2551 
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
2552 
+# generated by dot. For an explanation of the image formats see the section
2553 
+# output formats in the documentation of the dot tool (Graphviz (see:
2554 
+# http://www.graphviz.org/)).
2555 
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
2556 
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
2557 
+# requirement).
2558 
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif, svg, png:gd, png:gd:gd, png:cairo,
2559 
+# png:cairo:gd, png:cairo:cairo, png:cairo:gdiplus, png:gdiplus and
2560 
+# png:gdiplus:gdiplus.
2561 
+# The default value is: png.
2562 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2563 
+
2564 
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = svg
2565 
+
2566 
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
2567 
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
2568 
+#
2569 
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
2570 
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
2571 
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
2572 
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
2573 
+# The default value is: NO.
2574 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2575 
+
2576 
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = YES
2577 
+
2578 
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
2579 
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
2580 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2581 
+
2582 
+DOT_PATH               =
2583 
+
2584 
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
2585 
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
2586 
+# command).
2587 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2588 
+
2589 
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
2590 
+
2591 
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
2592 
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
2593 
+# command).
2594 
+
2595 
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
2596 
+
2597 
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
2598 
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
2599 
+# command).
2600 
+
2601 
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
2602 
+
2603 
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
2604 
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file or to the filename of jar file
2605 
+# to be used. If left blank, it is assumed PlantUML is not used or called during
2606 
+# a preprocessing step. Doxygen will generate a warning when it encounters a
2607 
+# \startuml command in this case and will not generate output for the diagram.
2608 
+
2609 
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
2610 
+
2611 
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_CFG_FILE tag can be used to specify a
2612 
+# configuration file for plantuml.
2613 
+
2614 
+PLANTUML_CFG_FILE      =
2615 
+
2616 
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
2617 
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
2618 
+
2619 
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
2620 
+
2621 
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
2622 
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
2623 
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
2624 
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
2625 
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
2626 
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
2627 
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
2628 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
2629 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2630 
+
2631 
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 100
2632 
+
2633 
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
2634 
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
2635 
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
2636 
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
2637 
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
2638 
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
2639 
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
2640 
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
2641 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2642 
+
2643 
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
2644 
+
2645 
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
2646 
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
2647 
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
2648 
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
2649 
+# The default value is: NO.
2650 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2651 
+
2652 
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
2653 
+
2654 
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
2655 
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
2656 
+# graphs.
2657 
+# Note: This tag requires that UML_LOOK isn't set, i.e. the doxygen internal
2658 
+# graphical representation for inheritance and collaboration diagrams is used.
2659 
+# The default value is: YES.
2660 
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
2661 
+
2662 
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
2663 
+
2664 
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate
2665 
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
2666 
+#
2667 
+# Note: This setting is not only used for dot files but also for msc temporary
2668 
+# files.
2669 
+# The default value is: YES.
2670 
+
2671 
+DOT_CLEANUP            = NO
fw/doc/Makefile
History View file @ 95b436b
0 2672 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
1 
+DOXYGEN = doxygen
2 
+
3 
+DOC_DIR = html
4 
+DOC_TAG = doxygen.tag
5 
+DOC_LOG = warnings.log
6 
+
7 
+SRC_FILES := $(wildcard ../src/*.c ../src/*.h)
8 
+
9 
+.PHONY: all
10 
+all: html
11 
+
12 
+html: $(SRC_FILES)
13 
+	rm -rf html
14 
+	$(DOXYGEN) Doxyfile
15 
+
16 
+.PHONY: clean
17 
+clean:
18 
+	rm -rf $(DOC_DIR)
19 
+	rm -f $(DOC_TAG)
20 
+	rm -f $(DOC_LOG)
21 
+
fw/src/RTE/Device/STM32F072RBTx/startup_stm32f072xb.s
History View file @ 95b436b
0 22 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
1 
+;******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2016 STMicroelectronics ********************
2 
+;* File Name          : startup_stm32f072xb.s
3 
+;* Author             : MCD Application Team
4 
+;* Description        : STM32F072x8/STM32F072xB devices vector table for MDK-ARM toolchain.
5 
+;*                      This module performs:
6 
+;*                      - Set the initial SP
7 
+;*                      - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler
8 
+;*                      - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address
9 
+;*                      - Branches to __main in the C library (which eventually
10 
+;*                        calls main()).
11 
+;*                      After Reset the CortexM0 processor is in Thread mode,
12 
+;*                      priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main.
13 
+;* <<< Use Configuration Wizard in Context Menu >>>
14 
+;*******************************************************************************
15 
+;*
16 
+;* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
17 
+;* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
18 
+;*   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
19 
+;*      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
20 
+;*   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
21 
+;*      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
22 
+;*      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
23 
+;*   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
24 
+;*      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
25 
+;*      without specific prior written permission.
26 
+;*
27 
+;* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
28 
+;* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
29 
+;* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
30 
+;* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
31 
+;* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
32 
+;* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
33 
+;* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
34 
+;* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
35 
+;* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
36 
+;* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
37 
+;
38 
+;*******************************************************************************
39 
+
40 
+; Amount of memory (in bytes) allocated for Stack
41 
+; Tailor this value to your application needs
42 
+; <h> Stack Configuration
43 
+;   <o> Stack Size (in Bytes) <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF:8>
44 
+; </h>
45 
+
46 
+Stack_Size      EQU     0x00000800
47 
+
48 
+                AREA    STACK, NOINIT, READWRITE, ALIGN=3
49 
+Stack_Mem       SPACE   Stack_Size
50 
+__initial_sp
51 
+
52 
+
53 
+; <h> Heap Configuration
54 
+;   <o>  Heap Size (in Bytes) <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF:8>
55 
+; </h>
56 
+
57 
+Heap_Size       EQU     0x00000010
58 
+
59 
+                AREA    HEAP, NOINIT, READWRITE, ALIGN=3
60 
+__heap_base
61 
+Heap_Mem        SPACE   Heap_Size
62 
+__heap_limit
63 
+
64 
+                PRESERVE8
65 
+                THUMB
66 
+
67 
+
68 
+; Vector Table Mapped to Address 0 at Reset
69 
+                AREA    RESET, DATA, READONLY
70 
+                EXPORT  __Vectors
71 
+                EXPORT  __Vectors_End
72 
+                EXPORT  __Vectors_Size
73 
+
74 
+__Vectors       DCD     __initial_sp                   ; Top of Stack
75 
+                DCD     Reset_Handler                  ; Reset Handler
76 
+                DCD     NMI_Handler                    ; NMI Handler
77 
+                DCD     HardFault_Handler              ; Hard Fault Handler
78 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
79 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
80 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
81 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
82 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
83 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
84 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
85 
+                DCD     SVC_Handler                    ; SVCall Handler
86 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
87 
+                DCD     0                              ; Reserved
88 
+                DCD     PendSV_Handler                 ; PendSV Handler
89 
+                DCD     SysTick_Handler                ; SysTick Handler
90 
+
91 
+                ; External Interrupts
92 
+                DCD     WWDG_IRQHandler                ; Window Watchdog
93 
+                DCD     PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler          ; PVD through EXTI Line detect
94 
+                DCD     RTC_IRQHandler                 ; RTC through EXTI Line
95 
+                DCD     FLASH_IRQHandler               ; FLASH
96 
+                DCD     RCC_CRS_IRQHandler             ; RCC and CRS
97 
+                DCD     EXTI0_1_IRQHandler             ; EXTI Line 0 and 1
98 
+                DCD     EXTI2_3_IRQHandler             ; EXTI Line 2 and 3
99 
+                DCD     EXTI4_15_IRQHandler            ; EXTI Line 4 to 15
100 
+                DCD     TSC_IRQHandler                 ; TS
101 
+                DCD     DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler       ; DMA1 Channel 1
102 
+                DCD     DMA1_Channel2_3_IRQHandler     ; DMA1 Channel 2 and Channel 3
103 
+                DCD     DMA1_Channel4_5_6_7_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Channel 4, Channel 5, Channel 6 and Channel 7
104 
+                DCD     ADC1_COMP_IRQHandler           ; ADC1, COMP1 and COMP2
105 
+                DCD     TIM1_BRK_UP_TRG_COM_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Break, Update, Trigger and Commutation
106 
+                DCD     TIM1_CC_IRQHandler             ; TIM1 Capture Compare
107 
+                DCD     TIM2_IRQHandler                ; TIM2
108 
+                DCD     TIM3_IRQHandler                ; TIM3
109 
+                DCD     TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler            ; TIM6 and DAC
110 
+                DCD     TIM7_IRQHandler                ; TIM7
111 
+                DCD     TIM14_IRQHandler               ; TIM14
112 
+                DCD     TIM15_IRQHandler               ; TIM15
113 
+                DCD     TIM16_IRQHandler               ; TIM16
114 
+                DCD     TIM17_IRQHandler               ; TIM17
115 
+                DCD     I2C1_IRQHandler                ; I2C1
116 
+                DCD     I2C2_IRQHandler                ; I2C2
117 
+                DCD     SPI1_IRQHandler                ; SPI1
118 
+                DCD     SPI2_IRQHandler                ; SPI2
119 
+                DCD     USART1_IRQHandler              ; USART1
120 
+                DCD     USART2_IRQHandler              ; USART2
121 
+                DCD     USART3_4_IRQHandler            ; USART3 & USART4
122 
+                DCD     CEC_CAN_IRQHandler             ; CEC and CAN
123 
+                DCD     USB_IRQHandler                 ; USB
124 
+
125 
+__Vectors_End
126 
+
127 
+__Vectors_Size  EQU  __Vectors_End - __Vectors
128 
+
129 
+                AREA    |.text|, CODE, READONLY
130 
+
131 
+; Reset handler routine
132 
+Reset_Handler    PROC
133 
+                 EXPORT  Reset_Handler                 [WEAK]
134 
+        IMPORT  __main
135 
+        IMPORT  SystemInit
136 
+                 LDR     R0, =SystemInit
137 
+                 BLX     R0
138 
+                 LDR     R0, =__main
139 
+                 BX      R0
140 
+                 ENDP
141 
+
142 
+; Dummy Exception Handlers (infinite loops which can be modified)
143 
+
144 
+NMI_Handler     PROC
145 
+                EXPORT  NMI_Handler                    [WEAK]
146 
+                B       .
147 
+                ENDP
148 
+HardFault_Handler\
149 
+                PROC
150 
+                EXPORT  HardFault_Handler              [WEAK]
151 
+                B       .
152 
+                ENDP
153 
+SVC_Handler     PROC
154 
+                EXPORT  SVC_Handler                    [WEAK]
155 
+                B       .
156 
+                ENDP
157 
+PendSV_Handler  PROC
158 
+                EXPORT  PendSV_Handler                 [WEAK]
159 
+                B       .
160 
+                ENDP
161 
+SysTick_Handler PROC
162 
+                EXPORT  SysTick_Handler                [WEAK]
163 
+                B       .
164 
+                ENDP
165 
+
166 
+Default_Handler PROC
167 
+
168 
+                EXPORT  WWDG_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
169 
+                EXPORT  PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler          [WEAK]
170 
+                EXPORT  RTC_IRQHandler                 [WEAK]
171 
+                EXPORT  FLASH_IRQHandler               [WEAK]
172 
+                EXPORT  RCC_CRS_IRQHandler             [WEAK]
173 
+                EXPORT  EXTI0_1_IRQHandler             [WEAK]
174 
+                EXPORT  EXTI2_3_IRQHandler             [WEAK]
175 
+                EXPORT  EXTI4_15_IRQHandler            [WEAK]
176 
+                EXPORT  TSC_IRQHandler                 [WEAK]
177 
+                EXPORT  DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler       [WEAK]
178 
+                EXPORT  DMA1_Channel2_3_IRQHandler     [WEAK]
179 
+                EXPORT  DMA1_Channel4_5_6_7_IRQHandler [WEAK]
180 
+                EXPORT  ADC1_COMP_IRQHandler           [WEAK]
181 
+                EXPORT  TIM1_BRK_UP_TRG_COM_IRQHandler [WEAK]
182 
+                EXPORT  TIM1_CC_IRQHandler             [WEAK]
183 
+                EXPORT  TIM2_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
184 
+                EXPORT  TIM3_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
185 
+                EXPORT  TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler            [WEAK]
186 
+                EXPORT  TIM7_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
187 
+                EXPORT  TIM14_IRQHandler               [WEAK]
188 
+                EXPORT  TIM15_IRQHandler               [WEAK]
189 
+                EXPORT  TIM16_IRQHandler               [WEAK]
190 
+                EXPORT  TIM17_IRQHandler               [WEAK]
191 
+                EXPORT  I2C1_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
192 
+                EXPORT  I2C2_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
193 
+                EXPORT  SPI1_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
194 
+                EXPORT  SPI2_IRQHandler                [WEAK]
195 
+                EXPORT  USART1_IRQHandler              [WEAK]
196 
+                EXPORT  USART2_IRQHandler              [WEAK]
197 
+                EXPORT  USART3_4_IRQHandler            [WEAK]
198 
+                EXPORT  CEC_CAN_IRQHandler             [WEAK]
199 
+                EXPORT  USB_IRQHandler                 [WEAK]
200 
+
201 
+
202 
+WWDG_IRQHandler
203 
+PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler
204 
+RTC_IRQHandler
205 
+FLASH_IRQHandler
206 
+RCC_CRS_IRQHandler
207 
+EXTI0_1_IRQHandler
208 
+EXTI2_3_IRQHandler
209 
+EXTI4_15_IRQHandler
210 
+TSC_IRQHandler
211 
+DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler
212 
+DMA1_Channel2_3_IRQHandler
213 
+DMA1_Channel4_5_6_7_IRQHandler
214 
+ADC1_COMP_IRQHandler
215 
+TIM1_BRK_UP_TRG_COM_IRQHandler
216 
+TIM1_CC_IRQHandler
217 
+TIM2_IRQHandler
218 
+TIM3_IRQHandler
219 
+TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler
220 
+TIM7_IRQHandler
221 
+TIM14_IRQHandler
222 
+TIM15_IRQHandler
223 
+TIM16_IRQHandler
224 
+TIM17_IRQHandler
225 
+I2C1_IRQHandler
226 
+I2C2_IRQHandler
227 
+SPI1_IRQHandler
228 
+SPI2_IRQHandler
229 
+USART1_IRQHandler
230 
+USART2_IRQHandler
231 
+USART3_4_IRQHandler
232 
+CEC_CAN_IRQHandler
233 
+USB_IRQHandler
234 
+
235 
+                B       .
236 
+
237 
+                ENDP
238 
+
239 
+                ALIGN
240 
+
241 
+;*******************************************************************************
242 
+; User Stack and Heap initialization
243 
+;*******************************************************************************
244 
+                 IF      :DEF:__MICROLIB
245 
+
246 
+                 EXPORT  __initial_sp
247 
+                 EXPORT  __heap_base
248 
+                 EXPORT  __heap_limit
249 
+
250 
+                 ELSE
251 
+
252 
+                 IMPORT  __use_two_region_memory
253 
+                 EXPORT  __user_initial_stackheap
254 
+
255 
+__user_initial_stackheap
256 
+
257 
+                 LDR     R0, =  Heap_Mem
258 
+                 LDR     R1, =(Stack_Mem + Stack_Size)
259 
+                 LDR     R2, = (Heap_Mem +  Heap_Size)
260 
+                 LDR     R3, = Stack_Mem
261 
+                 BX      LR
262 
+
263 
+                 ALIGN
264 
+
265 
+                 ENDIF
266 
+
267 
+                 END
268 
+
269 
+;************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE*****
fw/src/RTE/Device/STM32F072RBTx/stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
History View file @ 95b436b
0 270 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
1 
+/**
2 
+  ******************************************************************************
3 
+  * @file    stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
4 
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
5 
+  * @brief   HAL configuration file.
6 
+  *
7 
+  * @note    modified by ARM
8 
+  *          The modifications allow to use this file as User Code Template
9 
+  *          within the Device Family Pack.
10 
+  ******************************************************************************
11 
+  * @attention
12 
+  *
13 
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
14 
+  *
15 
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
16 
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
17 
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
18 
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
19 
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
20 
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
21 
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
22 
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
23 
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
24 
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
25 
+  *
26 
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
27 
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
28 
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
29 
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
30 
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
31 
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
32 
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
33 
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
34 
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
35 
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
36 
+  *
37 
+  ******************************************************************************
38 
+  */
39 
+
40 
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
41 
+#ifndef __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H
42 
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H
43 
+
44 
+#ifdef _RTE_
45 
+#include "RTE_Components.h"             /* Component selection */
46 
+#endif
47 
+
48 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
49 
+ extern "C" {
50 
+#endif
51 
+
52 
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
53 
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
54 
+
55 
+/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */
56 
+/**
57 
+  * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver
58 
+  */
59 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_COMMON
60 
+#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
61 
+#endif
62 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_ADC
63 
+#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
64 
+#endif
65 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_CAN
66 
+#define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
67 
+#endif
68 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_CEC
69 
+#define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
70 
+#endif
71 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_COMP
72 
+#define HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
73 
+#endif
74 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_CORTEX
75 
+#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
76 
+#endif
77 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_CRC
78 
+#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
79 
+#endif
80 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_DAC
81 
+#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
82 
+#endif
83 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_DMA
84 
+#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
85 
+#endif
86 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_FLASH
87 
+#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
88 
+#endif
89 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_GPIO
90 
+#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
91 
+#endif
92 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_I2C
93 
+#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
94 
+#endif
95 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_I2S
96 
+#define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
97 
+#endif
98 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_IRDA
99 
+#define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
100 
+#endif
101 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_IWDG
102 
+#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
103 
+#endif
104 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_PCD
105 
+#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
106 
+#endif
107 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_PWR
108 
+#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
109 
+#endif
110 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_RCC
111 
+#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
112 
+#endif
113 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_RTC
114 
+#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
115 
+#endif
116 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_SMARTCARD
117 
+#define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
118 
+#endif
119 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_SMBUS
120 
+#define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
121 
+#endif
122 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_SPI
123 
+#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
124 
+#endif
125 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_TIM
126 
+#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
127 
+#endif
128 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_TSC
129 
+#define HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
130 
+#endif
131 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_UART
132 
+#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
133 
+#endif
134 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_USART
135 
+#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
136 
+#endif
137 
+#ifdef RTE_DEVICE_HAL_WWDG
138 
+#define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
139 
+#endif
140 
+
141 
+/* ######################### Oscillator Values adaptation ################### */
142 
+/**
143 
+  * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application.
144 
+  *        This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
145 
+  *        (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
146 
+  */
147 
+#if !defined  (HSE_VALUE)
148 
+  #define HSE_VALUE            8000000U  /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
149 
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
150 
+
151 
+/**
152 
+  * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup
153 
+  *        Timeout value
154 
+  */
155 
+#if !defined  (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
156 
+  #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT  100U      /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */
157 
+#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
158 
+
159 
+/**
160 
+  * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value.
161 
+  *        This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
162 
+  *        (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
163 
+  */
164 
+#if !defined  (HSI_VALUE)
165 
+  #define HSI_VALUE            8000000U  /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
166 
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
167 
+
168 
+/**
169 
+  * @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup
170 
+  *        Timeout value
171 
+  */
172 
+#if !defined  (HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
173 
+  #define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT  5000U     /*!< Time out for HSI start up */
174 
+#endif /* HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
175 
+
176 
+/**
177 
+  * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator for ADC (HSI14) value.
178 
+  */
179 
+#if !defined  (HSI14_VALUE)
180 
+  #define HSI14_VALUE          14000000U /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator for ADC in Hz.
181 
+                                             The real value may vary depending on the variations
182 
+                                             in voltage and temperature.  */
183 
+#endif /* HSI14_VALUE */
184 
+
185 
+/**
186 
+  * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator for USB (HSI48) value.
187 
+  */
188 
+#if !defined  (HSI48_VALUE)
189 
+  #define HSI48_VALUE          48000000U /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator for USB in Hz.
190 
+                                             The real value may vary depending on the variations
191 
+                                             in voltage and temperature.  */
192 
+#endif /* HSI48_VALUE */
193 
+
194 
+/**
195 
+  * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
196 
+  */
197 
+#if !defined  (LSI_VALUE)
198 
+  #define LSI_VALUE            40000U
199 
+#endif /* LSI_VALUE */                   /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
200 
+                                             The real value may vary depending on the variations
201 
+                                             in voltage and temperature.  */
202 
+/**
203 
+  * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value.
204 
+  */
205 
+#if !defined  (LSE_VALUE)
206 
+  #define LSE_VALUE            32768U    /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
207 
+#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
208 
+
209 
+/**
210 
+  * @brief Time out for LSE start up value in ms.
211 
+  */
212 
+#if !defined  (LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
213 
+  #define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT  5000U     /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */
214 
+#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
215 
+
216 
+
217 
+/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE,
218 
+   ===  you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */
219 
+
220 
+/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */
221 
+/**
222 
+  * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section
223 
+  */
224 
+#define  VDD_VALUE                    3300U  /*!< Value of VDD in mv */
225 
+#define  TICK_INT_PRIORITY            ((uint32_t)(1U<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1U) /*!< tick interrupt priority (lowest by default)             */
226 
+                                                                              /*  Warning: Must be set to higher priority for HAL_Delay()  */
227 
+                                                                              /*  and HAL_GetTick() usage under interrupt context          */
228 
+#define  USE_RTOS                     0U
229 
+#define  PREFETCH_ENABLE              1U
230 
+#define  INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE     0U
231 
+#define  DATA_CACHE_ENABLE            0U
232 
+#define  USE_SPI_CRC                  1U
233 
+
234 
+/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */
235 
+/**
236 
+  * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
237 
+  *        HAL drivers code
238 
+  */
239 
+/*#define USE_FULL_ASSERT    1*/
240 
+
241 
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
242 
+/**
243 
+  * @brief Include module's header file
244 
+  */
245 
+
246 
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
247 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.h"
248 
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
249 
+
250 
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
251 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.h"
252 
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
253 
+
254 
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
255 
+  #include "stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h"
256 
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
257 
+
258 
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
259 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h"
260 
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
261 
+
262 
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
263 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_adc.h"
264 
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
265 
+
266 
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
267 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_can.h"
268 
+#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
269 
+
270 
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
271 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h"
272 
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
273 
+
274 
+#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
275 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h"
276 
+#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
277 
+
278 
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
279 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h"
280 
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
281 
+
282 
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
283 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h"
284 
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
285 
+
286 
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
287 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h"
288 
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
289 
+
290 
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
291 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.h"
292 
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
293 
+
294 
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
295 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.h"
296 
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
297 
+
298 
+#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
299 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_irda.h"
300 
+#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
301 
+
302 
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
303 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.h"
304 
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
305 
+
306 
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
307 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.h"
308 
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
309 
+
310 
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
311 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.h"
312 
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
313 
+
314 
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
315 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.h"
316 
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
317 
+
318 
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
319 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.h"
320 
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
321 
+
322 
+#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
323 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.h"
324 
+#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
325 
+
326 
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
327 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_spi.h"
328 
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
329 
+
330 
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
331 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_tim.h"
332 
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
333 
+
334 
+#ifdef HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
335 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.h"
336 
+#endif /* HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED */
337 
+
338 
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
339 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_uart.h"
340 
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
341 
+
342 
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
343 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_usart.h"
344 
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
345 
+
346 
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
347 
+ #include "stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.h"
348 
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
349 
+
350 
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
351 
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
352 
+/**
353 
+  * @brief  The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
354 
+  * @param  expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
355 
+  *         which reports the name of the source file and the source
356 
+  *         line number of the call that failed.
357 
+  *         If expr is true, it returns no value.
358 
+  * @retval None
359 
+  */
360 
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((char *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
361 
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
362 
+  void assert_failed(char* file, uint32_t line);
363 
+#else
364 
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
365 
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
366 
+
367 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
368 
+}
369 
+#endif
370 
+
371 
+#endif /* __STM32F0xx_HAL_CONF_H */
372 
+
373 
+
374 
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
fw/src/RTE/Device/STM32F072RBTx/system_stm32f0xx.c
History View file @ 95b436b
0 375 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
1 
+/**
2 
+  ******************************************************************************
3 
+  * @file    system_stm32f0xx.c
4 
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
5 
+  * @brief   CMSIS Cortex-M0 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File.
6 
+  *
7 
+  * 1. This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from
8 
+  *    user application:
9 
+  *      - SystemInit(): This function is called at startup just after reset and
10 
+  *                      before branch to main program. This call is made inside
11 
+  *                      the "startup_stm32f0xx.s" file.
12 
+  *
13 
+  *      - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used
14 
+  *                                  by the user application to setup the SysTick
15 
+  *                                  timer or configure other parameters.
16 
+  *
17 
+  *      - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must
18 
+  *                                 be called whenever the core clock is changed
19 
+  *                                 during program execution.
20 
+  *
21 
+  * 2. After each device reset the HSI (8 MHz) is used as system clock source.
22 
+  *    Then SystemInit() function is called, in "startup_stm32f0xx.s" file, to
23 
+  *    configure the system clock before to branch to main program.
24 
+  *
25 
+  * 3. This file configures the system clock as follows:
26 
+  *=============================================================================
27 
+  *                         Supported STM32F0xx device
28 
+  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
29 
+  *        System Clock source                    | HSI
30 
+  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 
+  *        SYSCLK(Hz)                             | 8000000
32 
+  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
33 
+  *        HCLK(Hz)                               | 8000000
34 
+  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
35 
+  *        AHB Prescaler                          | 1
36 
+  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 
+  *        APB1 Prescaler                         | 1
38 
+  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 
+  *=============================================================================
40 
+  ******************************************************************************
41 
+  * @attention
42 
+  *
43 
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
44 
+  *
45 
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
46 
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
47 
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
48 
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
49 
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
50 
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
51 
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
52 
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
53 
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
54 
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
55 
+  *
56 
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
57 
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
58 
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
59 
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
60 
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
61 
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
62 
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
63 
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
64 
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
65 
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
66 
+  *
67 
+  ******************************************************************************
68 
+  */
69 
+
70 
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
71 
+  * @{
72 
+  */
73 
+
74 
+/** @addtogroup stm32f0xx_system
75 
+  * @{
76 
+  */
77 
+
78 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_Includes
79 
+  * @{
80 
+  */
81 
+
82 
+#include "stm32f0xx.h"
83 
+
84 
+/**
85 
+  * @}
86 
+  */
87 
+
88 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions
89 
+  * @{
90 
+  */
91 
+
92 
+/**
93 
+  * @}
94 
+  */
95 
+
96 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_Defines
97 
+  * @{
98 
+  */
99 
+#if !defined  (HSE_VALUE)
100 
+  #define HSE_VALUE    ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Default value of the External oscillator in Hz.
101 
+                                                This value can be provided and adapted by the user application. */
102 
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
103 
+
104 
+#if !defined  (HSI_VALUE)
105 
+  #define HSI_VALUE    ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Default value of the Internal oscillator in Hz.
106 
+                                                This value can be provided and adapted by the user application. */
107 
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
108 
+
109 
+#if !defined (HSI48_VALUE)
110 
+#define HSI48_VALUE    ((uint32_t)48000000) /*!< Default value of the HSI48 Internal oscillator in Hz.
111 
+                                                 This value can be provided and adapted by the user application. */
112 
+#endif /* HSI48_VALUE */
113 
+/**
114 
+  * @}
115 
+  */
116 
+
117 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_Macros
118 
+  * @{
119 
+  */
120 
+
121 
+/**
122 
+  * @}
123 
+  */
124 
+
125 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_Variables
126 
+  * @{
127 
+  */
128 
+  /* This variable is updated in three ways:
129 
+      1) by calling CMSIS function SystemCoreClockUpdate()
130 
+      2) by calling HAL API function HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()
131 
+      3) each time HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() is called to configure the system clock frequency
132 
+         Note: If you use this function to configure the system clock there is no need to
133 
+               call the 2 first functions listed above, since SystemCoreClock variable is
134 
+               updated automatically.
135 
+  */
136 
+uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 8000000;
137 
+
138 
+const uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
139 
+const uint8_t APBPrescTable[8]  = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4};
140 
+
141 
+/**
142 
+  * @}
143 
+  */
144 
+
145 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes
146 
+  * @{
147 
+  */
148 
+
149 
+/**
150 
+  * @}
151 
+  */
152 
+
153 
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_System_Private_Functions
154 
+  * @{
155 
+  */
156 
+
157 
+/**
158 
+  * @brief  Setup the microcontroller system.
159 
+  *         Initialize the default HSI clock source, vector table location and the PLL configuration is reset.
160 
+  * @param  None
161 
+  * @retval None
162 
+  */
163 
+void SystemInit(void)
164 
+{
165 
+  /* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/
166 
+  /* Set HSION bit */
167 
+  RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001U;
168 
+
169 
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058x8)
170 
+  /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0], ADCPRE and MCOSEL[2:0] bits */
171 
+  RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xF8FFB80CU;
172 
+#else
173 
+  /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0], ADCPRE, MCOSEL[2:0], MCOPRE[2:0] and PLLNODIV bits */
174 
+  RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0x08FFB80CU;
175 
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 or STM32F058x8 */
176 
+
177 
+  /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
178 
+  RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFFU;
179 
+
180 
+  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
181 
+  RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFFU;
182 
+
183 
+  /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE and PLLMUL[3:0] bits */
184 
+  RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFFC0FFFFU;
185 
+
186 
+  /* Reset PREDIV[3:0] bits */
187 
+  RCC->CFGR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0U;
188 
+
189 
+#if defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx)
190 
+  /* Reset USART2SW[1:0], USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW, CECSW, USBSW and ADCSW bits */
191 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFCFE2CU;
192 
+#elif defined (STM32F071xB)
193 
+  /* Reset USART2SW[1:0], USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW, CECSW and ADCSW bits */
194 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFCEACU;
195 
+#elif defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
196 
+  /* Reset USART3SW[1:0], USART2SW[1:0], USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW, CECSW and ADCSW bits */
197 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFF0FEACU;
198 
+#elif defined (STM32F030x6) || defined (STM32F030x8) || defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F038xx) || defined (STM32F030xC)
199 
+  /* Reset USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW and ADCSW bits */
200 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFEECU;
201 
+#elif defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
202 
+  /* Reset USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW, CECSW and ADCSW bits */
203 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFEACU;
204 
+#elif defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx)
205 
+  /* Reset USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW, CECSW, USBSW and ADCSW bits */
206 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFE2CU;
207 
+#elif defined (STM32F070x6) || defined (STM32F070xB)
208 
+  /* Reset USART1SW[1:0], I2C1SW, USBSW and ADCSW bits */
209 
+  RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFE6CU;
210 
+  /* Set default USB clock to PLLCLK, since there is no HSI48 */
211 
+  RCC->CFGR3 |= (uint32_t)0x00000080U;
212 
+#else
213 
+ #warning "No target selected"
214 
+#endif
215 
+
216 
+  /* Reset HSI14 bit */
217 
+  RCC->CR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFEU;
218 
+
219 
+  /* Disable all interrupts */
220 
+  RCC->CIR = 0x00000000U;
221 
+
222 
+}
223 
+
224 
+/**
225 
+   * @brief  Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values.
226 
+  *         The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can
227 
+  *         be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure
228 
+  *         other parameters.
229 
+  *
230 
+  * @note   Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called
231 
+  *         to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration
232 
+  *         based on this variable will be incorrect.
233 
+  *
234 
+  * @note   - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
235 
+  *           frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
236 
+  *           constant and the selected clock source:
237 
+  *
238 
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*)
239 
+  *
240 
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
241 
+  *
242 
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
243 
+  *             or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
244 
+  *
245 
+  *         (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f0xx_hal.h file (default value
246 
+  *             8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
247 
+  *             in voltage and temperature.
248 
+  *
249 
+  *         (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f0xx_hal.h file (default value
250 
+  *              8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
251 
+  *              frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
252 
+  *              have wrong result.
253 
+  *
254 
+  *         - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
255 
+  *           value for HSE crystal.
256 
+  *
257 
+  * @param  None
258 
+  * @retval None
259 
+  */
260 
+void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)
261 
+{
262 
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, predivfactor = 0;
263 
+
264 
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
265 
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
266 
+
267 
+  switch (tmp)
268 
+  {
269 
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI:  /* HSI used as system clock */
270 
+      SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
271 
+      break;
272 
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE:  /* HSE used as system clock */
273 
+      SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE;
274 
+      break;
275 
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL:  /* PLL used as system clock */
276 
+      /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
277 
+      pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL;
278 
+      pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
279 
+      pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2;
280 
+      predivfactor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) + 1;
281 
+
282 
+      if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV)
283 
+      {
284 
+        /* HSE used as PLL clock source : SystemCoreClock = HSE/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
285 
+        SystemCoreClock = (HSE_VALUE/predivfactor) * pllmull;
286 
+      }
287 
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
288 
+      else if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV)
289 
+      {
290 
+        /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source : SystemCoreClock = HSI48/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
291 
+        SystemCoreClock = (HSI48_VALUE/predivfactor) * pllmull;
292 
+      }
293 
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
294 
+      else
295 
+      {
296 
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)  || defined(STM32F070x6) \
297 
+ || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F071xB)  || defined(STM32F072xB) \
298 
+ || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)  || defined(STM32F030xC)
299 
+        /* HSI used as PLL clock source : SystemCoreClock = HSI/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
300 
+        SystemCoreClock = (HSI_VALUE/predivfactor) * pllmull;
301 
+#else
302 
+        /* HSI used as PLL clock source : SystemCoreClock = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */
303 
+        SystemCoreClock = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull;
304 
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F070x6 ||
305 
+          STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB ||
306 
+          STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx || STM32F030xC */
307 
+      }
308 
+      break;
309 
+    default: /* HSI used as system clock */
310 
+      SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
311 
+      break;
312 
+  }
313 
+  /* Compute HCLK clock frequency ----------------*/
314 
+  /* Get HCLK prescaler */
315 
+  tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)];
316 
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
317 
+  SystemCoreClock >>= tmp;
318 
+}
319 
+
320 
+/**
321 
+  * @}
322 
+  */
323 
+
324 
+/**
325 
+  * @}
326 
+  */
327 
+
328 
+/**
329 
+  * @}
330 
+  */
331 
+
332 
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
333 
+
fw/src/RTE/_IO/Pre_Include_Global.h
History View file @ 95b436b
0 334 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
1 
+
2 
+/*
3 
+ * Auto generated Run-Time-Environment Configuration File
4 
+ *      *** Do not modify ! ***
5 
+ *
6 
+ * Project: 'io'
7 
+ * Target:  'IO'
8 
+ */
9 
+
10 
+#ifndef PRE_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_H
11 
+#define PRE_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_H
12 
+
13 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:Startup:1.0.0 */
14 
+#define USE_HAL_DRIVER
15 
+          #define USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER
16 
+
17 
+
18 
+#endif /* PRE_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_H */
fw/src/RTE/_IO/RTE_Components.h
History View file @ 95b436b
0 19 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
1 
+
2 
+/*
3 
+ * Auto generated Run-Time-Environment Configuration File
4 
+ *      *** Do not modify ! ***
5 
+ *
6 
+ * Project: 'io'
7 
+ * Target:  'IO'
8 
+ */
9 
+
10 
+#ifndef RTE_COMPONENTS_H
11 
+#define RTE_COMPONENTS_H
12 
+
13 
+
14 
+/*
15 
+ * Define the Device Header File:
16 
+ */
17 
+#define CMSIS_device_header "stm32f0xx.h"
18 
+
19 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:ADC:1.11.3 */
20 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_ADC
21 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:COMMON:1.11.3 */
22 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_COMMON
23 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:CORTEX:1.11.3 */
24 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_CORTEX
25 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:DAC:1.11.3 */
26 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_DAC
27 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:DMA:1.11.3 */
28 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_DMA
29 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:FLASH:1.11.3 */
30 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_FLASH
31 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:GPIO:1.11.3 */
32 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_GPIO
33 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:PCD:1.11.3 */
34 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_PCD
35 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:RCC:1.11.3 */
36 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_RCC
37 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:RTC:1.11.3 */
38 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_RTC
39 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:SPI:1.11.3 */
40 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_SPI
41 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:TIM:1.11.3 */
42 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_TIM
43 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:UART:1.11.3 */
44 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_UART
45 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:STM32Cube HAL:USART:1.11.3 */
46 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_HAL_USART
47 
+/* Keil.Standalone::Device:Startup:1.0.0 */
48 
+#define RTE_DEVICE_STARTUP_STM32F0XX    /* Device Startup for STM32F0 */
49 
+
50 
+
51 
+#endif /* RTE_COMPONENTS_H */
fw/src/fatfs/diskio.c
History View file @ 95b436b
0 52 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
1 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2 
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2014        */
3 
+/*                                                                       */
4 
+/*   Portions COPYRIGHT 2017 STMicroelectronics                          */
5 
+/*   Portions Copyright (C) 2014, ChaN, all right reserved               */
6 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
7 
+/* If a working storage control module is available, it should be        */
8 
+/* attached to the FatFs via a glue function rather than modifying it.   */
9 
+/* This is an example of glue functions to attach various exsisting      */
10 
+/* storage control modules to the FatFs module with a defined API.       */
11 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
12 
+
13 
+/**
14 
+  ******************************************************************************
15 
+  * @file    diskio.c
16 
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
17 
+  * @version V1.4.1
18 
+  * @date    14-February-2017
19 
+  * @brief   FatFs low level disk I/O module.
20 
+  ******************************************************************************
21 
+  * @attention
22 
+  *
23 
+  *
24 
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
25 
+  * modification, are permitted, provided that the following conditions are met:
26 
+  *
27 
+  * 1. Redistribution of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
28 
+  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
29 
+  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
30 
+  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
31 
+  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
32 
+  * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of other
33 
+  *    contributors to this software may be used to endorse or promote products
34 
+  *    derived from this software without specific written permission.
35 
+  * 4. This software, including modifications and/or derivative works of this
36 
+  *    software, must execute solely and exclusively on microcontroller or
37 
+  *    microprocessor devices manufactured by or for STMicroelectronics.
38 
+  * 5. Redistribution and use of this software other than as permitted under
39 
+  *    this license is void and will automatically terminate your rights under
40 
+  *    this license.
41 
+  *
42 
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY STMICROELECTRONICS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
43 
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
44 
+  * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
45 
+  * PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
46 
+  * RIGHTS ARE DISCLAIMED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. IN NO EVENT
47 
+  * SHALL STMICROELECTRONICS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
48 
+  * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
49 
+  * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
50 
+  * OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
51 
+  * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
52 
+  * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
53 
+  * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
54 
+  *
55 
+  ******************************************************************************
56 
+  */
57 
+
58 
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
59 
+#include "diskio.h"
60 
+#include "ff_gen_drv.h"
61 
+
62 
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
63 
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
64 
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
65 
+extern Disk_drvTypeDef  disk;
66 
+
67 
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
68 
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
69 
+
70 
+/**
71 
+  * @brief  Gets Disk Status
72 
+  * @param  pdrv: Physical drive number (0..)
73 
+  * @retval DSTATUS: Operation status
74 
+  */
75 
+DSTATUS disk_status (
76 
+	BYTE pdrv		/* Physical drive nmuber to identify the drive */
77 
+)
78 
+{
79 
+  DSTATUS stat;
80 
+
81 
+  stat = disk.drv[pdrv]->disk_status(disk.lun[pdrv]);
82 
+  return stat;
83 
+}
84 
+
85 
+/**
86 
+  * @brief  Initializes a Drive
87 
+  * @param  pdrv: Physical drive number (0..)
88 
+  * @retval DSTATUS: Operation status
89 
+  */
90 
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
91 
+	BYTE pdrv				/* Physical drive nmuber to identify the drive */
92 
+)
93 
+{
94 
+  DSTATUS stat = RES_OK;
95 
+
96 
+  if(disk.is_initialized[pdrv] == 0)
97 
+  {
98 
+    disk.is_initialized[pdrv] = 1;
99 
+    stat = disk.drv[pdrv]->disk_initialize(disk.lun[pdrv]);
100 
+  }
101 
+  return stat;
102 
+}
103 
+
104 
+/**
105 
+  * @brief  Reads Sector(s)
106 
+  * @param  pdrv: Physical drive number (0..)
107 
+  * @param  *buff: Data buffer to store read data
108 
+  * @param  sector: Sector address (LBA)
109 
+  * @param  count: Number of sectors to read (1..128)
110 
+  * @retval DRESULT: Operation result
111 
+  */
112 
+DRESULT disk_read (
113 
+	BYTE pdrv,		/* Physical drive nmuber to identify the drive */
114 
+	BYTE *buff,		/* Data buffer to store read data */
115 
+	DWORD sector,	        /* Sector address in LBA */
116 
+	UINT count		/* Number of sectors to read */
117 
+)
118 
+{
119 
+  DRESULT res;
120 
+
121 
+  res = disk.drv[pdrv]->disk_read(disk.lun[pdrv], buff, sector, count);
122 
+  return res;
123 
+}
124 
+
125 
+/**
126 
+  * @brief  Writes Sector(s)
127 
+  * @param  pdrv: Physical drive number (0..)
128 
+  * @param  *buff: Data to be written
129 
+  * @param  sector: Sector address (LBA)
130 
+  * @param  count: Number of sectors to write (1..128)
131 
+  * @retval DRESULT: Operation result
132 
+  */
133 
+#if _USE_WRITE == 1
134 
+DRESULT disk_write (
135 
+	BYTE pdrv,		/* Physical drive nmuber to identify the drive */
136 
+	const BYTE *buff,	/* Data to be written */
137 
+	DWORD sector,		/* Sector address in LBA */
138 
+	UINT count        	/* Number of sectors to write */
139 
+)
140 
+{
141 
+  DRESULT res;
142 
+
143 
+  res = disk.drv[pdrv]->disk_write(disk.lun[pdrv], buff, sector, count);
144 
+  return res;
145 
+}
146 
+#endif /* _USE_WRITE == 1 */
147 
+
148 
+/**
149 
+  * @brief  I/O control operation
150 
+  * @param  pdrv: Physical drive number (0..)
151 
+  * @param  cmd: Control code
152 
+  * @param  *buff: Buffer to send/receive control data
153 
+  * @retval DRESULT: Operation result
154 
+  */
155 
+#if _USE_IOCTL == 1
156 
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (
157 
+	BYTE pdrv,		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */
158 
+	BYTE cmd,		/* Control code */
159 
+	void *buff		/* Buffer to send/receive control data */
160 
+)
161 
+{
162 
+  DRESULT res;
163 
+
164 
+  res = disk.drv[pdrv]->disk_ioctl(disk.lun[pdrv], cmd, buff);
165 
+  return res;
166 
+}
167 
+#endif /* _USE_IOCTL == 1 */
168 
+
169 
+/**
170 
+  * @brief  Gets Time from RTC
171 
+  * @param  None
172 
+  * @retval Time in DWORD
173 
+  */
174 
+__weak DWORD get_fattime (void)
175 
+{
176 
+  return 0;
177 
+}
178 
+
179 
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
180 
+
fw/src/fatfs/diskio.h
History View file @ 95b436b
0 181 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
1 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------/
2 
+/  Low level disk interface modlue include file   (C)ChaN, 2014          /
3 
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
4 
+
5 
+#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
6 
+#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
7 
+
8 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
9 
+extern "C" {
10 
+#endif
11 
+
12 
+#define _USE_WRITE	1	/* 1: Enable disk_write function */
13 
+#define _USE_IOCTL	1	/* 1: Enable disk_ioctl fucntion */
14 
+
15 
+#include "integer.h"
16 
+
17 
+
18 
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
19 
+typedef BYTE	DSTATUS;
20 
+
21 
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
22 
+typedef enum {
23 
+	RES_OK = 0,		/* 0: Successful */
24 
+	RES_ERROR,		/* 1: R/W Error */
25 
+	RES_WRPRT,		/* 2: Write Protected */
26 
+	RES_NOTRDY,		/* 3: Not Ready */
27 
+	RES_PARERR		/* 4: Invalid Parameter */
28 
+} DRESULT;
29 
+
30 
+
31 
+/*---------------------------------------*/
32 
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
33 
+
34 
+
35 
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE pdrv);
36 
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE pdrv);
37 
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE pdrv, BYTE* buff, DWORD sector, UINT count);
38 
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE pdrv, const BYTE* buff, DWORD sector, UINT count);
39 
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE pdrv, BYTE cmd, void* buff);
40 
+DWORD get_fattime (void);
41 
+
42 
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
43 
+
44 
+#define STA_NOINIT		0x01	/* Drive not initialized */
45 
+#define STA_NODISK		0x02	/* No medium in the drive */
46 
+#define STA_PROTECT		0x04	/* Write protected */
47 
+
48 
+
49 
+/* Command code for disk_ioctrl fucntion */
50 
+
51 
+/* Generic command (Used by FatFs) */
52 
+#define CTRL_SYNC		0	/* Complete pending write process (needed at _FS_READONLY == 0) */
53 
+#define GET_SECTOR_COUNT	1	/* Get media size (needed at _USE_MKFS == 1) */
54 
+#define GET_SECTOR_SIZE		2	/* Get sector size (needed at _MAX_SS != _MIN_SS) */
55 
+#define GET_BLOCK_SIZE		3	/* Get erase block size (needed at _USE_MKFS == 1) */
56 
+#define CTRL_TRIM		4	/* Inform device that the data on the block of sectors is no longer used (needed at _USE_TRIM == 1) */
57 
+
58 
+/* Generic command (Not used by FatFs) */
59 
+#define CTRL_POWER			5	/* Get/Set power status */
60 
+#define CTRL_LOCK			6	/* Lock/Unlock media removal */
61 
+#define CTRL_EJECT			7	/* Eject media */
62 
+#define CTRL_FORMAT			8	/* Create physical format on the media */
63 
+
64 
+/* MMC/SDC specific ioctl command */
65 
+#define MMC_GET_TYPE		10	/* Get card type */
66 
+#define MMC_GET_CSD			11	/* Get CSD */
67 
+#define MMC_GET_CID			12	/* Get CID */
68 
+#define MMC_GET_OCR			13	/* Get OCR */
69 
+#define MMC_GET_SDSTAT		14	/* Get SD status */
70 
+
71 
+/* ATA/CF specific ioctl command */
72 
+#define ATA_GET_REV			20	/* Get F/W revision */
73 
+#define ATA_GET_MODEL		21	/* Get model name */
74 
+#define ATA_GET_SN			22	/* Get serial number */
75 
+
76 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
77 
+}
78 
+#endif
79 
+
80 
+#endif
fw/src/fatfs/ff.c
History View file @ 95b436b
0 81 
new file mode 100644
... ... 
@@ -0,0 +1,4752 @@
1 
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
2 
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.11                 (C)ChaN, 2015
3 
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
4 
+/ FatFs module is a free software that opened under license policy of
5 
+/ following conditions.
6 
+/
7 
+/ Copyright (C) 2015, ChaN, all right reserved.
8 
+/
9 
+/ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
10 
+/    this condition and the following disclaimer.
11 
+/
12 
+/ This software is provided by the copyright holder and contributors "AS IS"
13 
+/ and any warranties related to this software are DISCLAIMED.
14 
+/ The copyright owner or contributors be NOT LIABLE for any damages caused
15 
+/ by use of this software.
16 
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
17 
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype.
18 
+/
19 
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version.
20 
+/
21 
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support.
22 
+/                   Removed unbuffered mode.
23 
+/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
24 
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
25 
+/
26 
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename().
27 
+/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
28 
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
29 
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
30 
+/
31 
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system.
32 
+/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
33 
+/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
34 
+/                   Added f_mkfs().
35 
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
36 
+/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
37 
+/                   Added minimization level 3.
38 
+/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
39 
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
40 
+/                   Added FSINFO support.
41 
+/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
42 
+/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
43 
+/
44 
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
45 
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSINFO.
46 
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
47 
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
48 
+/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
49 
+/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
50 
+/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
51 
+/
52 
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
53 
+/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
54 
+/
55 
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
56 
+/                   Added long file name feature.
57 
+/                   Added multiple code page feature.
58 
+/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
59 
+/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
60 
+/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir().
61 
+/                   Changed result code of critical errors.
62 
+/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
63 
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
64 
+/                   Added multiple sector size feature.
65 
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
66 
+/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
67 
+/                   Added relative path feature.
68 
+/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
69 
+/                   Added proper case conversion to extended character.
70 
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
71 
+/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-directory on _FS_RPATH.
72 
+/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 character boundary.
73 
+/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
74 
+/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
75 
+/
76 
+/ May 15,'10 R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
77 
+/                   Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
78 
+/                   Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
79 
+/                   Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
80 
+/                   Changed .fname in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
81 
+/                   String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
82 
+/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd().
83 
+/                   Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
84 
+/                   Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
85 
+/                   Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
86 
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
87 
+/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
88 
+/                   f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
89 
+/                   Extended format syntax of f_printf().
90 
+/                   Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
91 
+/
92 
+/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09  f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to complete the multiple partition feature.
93 
+/                   Added f_fdisk().
94 
+/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Changed f_open() and f_opendir() reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
95 
+/                   Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
96 
+/                   Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
97 
+/ Jan 24,'13 R0.09b Added f_setlabel() and f_getlabel().
98 
+/
99 
+/ Oct 02,'13 R0.10  Added selection of character encoding on the file. (_STRF_ENCODE)
100 
+/                   Added f_closedir().
101 
+/                   Added forced full FAT scan for f_getfree(). (_FS_NOFSINFO)
102 
+/                   Added forced mount feature with changes of f_mount().
103 
+/                   Improved behavior of volume auto detection.
104 
+/                   Improved write throughput of f_puts() and f_printf().
105 
+/                   Changed argument of f_chdrive(), f_mkfs(), disk_read() and disk_write().
106 
+/                   Fixed f_write() can be truncated when the file size is close to 4GB.
107 
+/                   Fixed f_open(), f_mkdir() and f_setlabel() can return incorrect error code.
108 
+/ Jan 15,'14 R0.10a Added arbitrary strings as drive number in the path name. (_STR_VOLUME_ID)
109 
+/                   Added a configuration option of minimum sector size. (_MIN_SS)
110 
+/                   2nd argument of f_rename() can have a drive number and it will be ignored.
111 
+/                   Fixed f_mount() with forced mount fails when drive number is >= 1.
112 
+/                   Fixed f_close() invalidates the file object without volume lock.
113 
+/                   Fixed f_closedir() returns but the volume lock is left acquired.
114 
+/                   Fixed creation of an entry with LFN fails on too many SFN collisions.
115 
+/ May 19,'14 R0.10b Fixed a hard error in the disk I/O layer can collapse the directory entry.
116 
+/                   Fixed LFN entry is not deleted on delete/rename an object with lossy converted SFN.
117 
+/ Nov  9,'14 R0.10c Added a configuration option for the platforms without RTC. (_FS_NORTC)
118 
+/                   Fixed volume label created by Mac OS X cannot be retrieved with f_getlabel(). (appeared at R0.09b)
119 
+/                   Fixed a potential problem of FAT access that can appear on disk error.
120 
+/                   Fixed null pointer dereference on attempting to delete the root direcotry. (appeared at R0.08)
121 
+/ Feb 02,'15 R0.11  Added f_findfirst() and f_findnext(). (_USE_FIND)
122 
+/                   Fixed f_unlink() does not remove cluster chain of the file. (appeared at R0.10c)
123 
+/                   Fixed _FS_NORTC option does not work properly. (appeared at R0.10c)
124 
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
125 
+
126 
+#include "ff.h"			/* Declarations of FatFs API */
127 
+#include "diskio.h"		/* Declarations of disk I/O functions */
128 
+
129 
+
130 
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
131 
+
132 
+   Module Private Definitions
133 
+
134 
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
135 
+
136 
+#if _FATFS != 32020	/* Revision ID */
137 
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
138 
+#endif
139 
+
140 
+
141 
+/* Reentrancy related */
142 
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
143 
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
144 
+#error Static LFN work area cannot be used at thread-safe configuration
145 
+#endif
146 
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)		{ if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
147 
+#define	LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	{ unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
148 
+#else
149 
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)
150 
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	return res
151 
+#endif
152 
+
153 
+#define	ABORT(fs, res)		{ fp->err = (BYTE)(res); LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
154 
+
155 
+
156 
+/* Definitions of sector size */
157 
+#if (_MAX_SS < _MIN_SS) || (_MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096) || (_MIN_SS != 512 && _MIN_SS != 1024 && _MIN_SS != 2048 && _MIN_SS != 4096)
158 
+#error Wrong sector size configuration
159 
+#endif
160 
+#if _MAX_SS == _MIN_SS
161 
+#define	SS(fs)	((UINT)_MAX_SS)	/* Fixed sector size */
162 
+#else
163 
+#define	SS(fs)	((fs)->ssize)	/* Variable sector size */
164 
+#endif
165 
+
166 
+
167 
+/* Timestamp feature */
168 
+#if _FS_NORTC == 1
169 
+#if _NORTC_YEAR < 1980 || _NORTC_YEAR > 2107 || _NORTC_MON < 1 || _NORTC_MON > 12 || _NORTC_MDAY < 1 || _NORTC_MDAY > 31
170 
+#error Invalid _FS_NORTC settings
171 
+#endif
172 
+#define GET_FATTIME()	((DWORD)(_NORTC_YEAR - 1980) << 25 | (DWORD)_NORTC_MON << 21 | (DWORD)_NORTC_MDAY << 16)
173 
+#else
174 
+#define GET_FATTIME()	get_fattime()
175 
+#endif
176 
+
177 
+
178 
+/* File access control feature */
179 
+#if _FS_LOCK
180 
+#if _FS_READONLY
181 
+#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 at read-only configuration
182 
+#endif
183 
+typedef struct {
184 
+	FATFS *fs;		/* Object ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
185 
+	DWORD clu;		/* Object ID 2, directory (0:root) */
186 
+	WORD idx;		/* Object ID 3, directory index */
187 
+	WORD ctr;		/* Object open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read mode open count, 0x100:write mode */
188 
+} FILESEM;
189 
+#endif
190 
+
191 
+
192 
+
193 
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend character conversion table */
194 
+
195 
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932	/* Japanese Shift-JIS */
196 
+#define _DF1S	0x81	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
197 
+#define _DF1E	0x9F	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
198 
+#define _DF2S	0xE0	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
199 
+#define _DF2E	0xFC	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
200 
+#define _DS1S	0x40	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
201 
+#define _DS1E	0x7E	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
202 
+#define _DS2S	0x80	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
203 
+#define _DS2E	0xFC	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
204 
+
205 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936	/* Simplified Chinese GBK */
206 
+#define _DF1S	0x81
207 
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
208 
+#define _DS1S	0x40
209 
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
210 
+#define _DS2S	0x80
211 
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
212 
+
213 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949	/* Korean */
214 
+#define _DF1S	0x81
215 
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
216 
+#define _DS1S	0x41
217 
+#define _DS1E	0x5A
218 
+#define _DS2S	0x61
219 
+#define _DS2E	0x7A
220 
+#define _DS3S	0x81
221 
+#define _DS3E	0xFE
222 
+
223 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950	/* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
224 
+#define _DF1S	0x81
225 
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
226 
+#define _DS1S	0x40
227 
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
228 
+#define _DS2S	0xA1
229 
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
230 
+
231 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437	/* U.S. (OEM) */
232 
+#define _DF1S	0
233 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
234 
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
235 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
236 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
237 
+
238 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720	/* Arabic (OEM) */
239 
+#define _DF1S	0
240 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
241 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
242 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
243 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
244 
+
245 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737	/* Greek (OEM) */
246 
+#define _DF1S	0
247 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
248 
+				0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
249 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
250 
+				0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
251 
+
252 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775	/* Baltic (OEM) */
253 
+#define _DF1S	0
254 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
255 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
256 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
257 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
258 
+
259 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850	/* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
260 
+#define _DF1S	0
261 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
262 
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
263 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
264 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
265 
+
266 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852	/* Latin 2 (OEM) */
267 
+#define _DF1S	0
268 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
269 
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
270 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
271 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
272 
+
273 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855	/* Cyrillic (OEM) */
274 
+#define _DF1S	0
275 
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
276 
+				0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
277 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
278 
+				0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
279 
+
280 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857	/* Turkish (OEM) */
281 
+#define _DF1S	0
282 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
283 
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
284 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
285 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
286 
+
287 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858	/* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
288 
+#define _DF1S	0
289 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
290 
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
291 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
292 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
293 
+
294 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862	/* Hebrew (OEM) */
295 
+#define _DF1S	0
296 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
297 
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
298 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
299 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
300 
+
301 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866	/* Russian (OEM) */
302 
+#define _DF1S	0
303 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
304 
+				0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
305 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
306 
+				0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
307 
+
308 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874	/* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
309 
+#define _DF1S	0
310 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
311 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
312 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
313 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
314 
+
315 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
316 
+#define _DF1S	0
317 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
318 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
319 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
320 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
321 
+
322 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
323 
+#define _DF1S	0
324 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
325 
+				0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
326 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
327 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
328 
+
329 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
330 
+#define _DF1S	0
331 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
332 
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
333 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
334 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
335 
+
336 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
337 
+#define _DF1S	0
338 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
339 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
340 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
341 
+				0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
342 
+
343 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
344 
+#define _DF1S	0
345 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
346 
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
347 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
348 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
349 
+
350 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
351 
+#define _DF1S	0
352 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
353 
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
354 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
355 
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
356 
+
357 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
358 
+#define _DF1S	0
359 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
360 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
361 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
362 
+				0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
363 
+
364 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
365 
+#define _DF1S	0
366 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
367 
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
368 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
369 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
370 
+
371 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
372 
+#define _DF1S	0
373 
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
374 
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
375 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
376 
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
377 
+
378 
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1	/* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
379 
+#if _USE_LFN
380 
+#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
381 
+#endif
382 
+#define _DF1S	0
383 
+
384 
+#else
385 
+#error Unknown code page
386 
+
387 
+#endif
388 
+
389 
+
390 
+/* Character code support macros */
391 
+#define IsUpper(c)	(((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
392 
+#define IsLower(c)	(((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
393 
+#define IsDigit(c)	(((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
394 
+
395 
+#if _DF1S		/* Code page is DBCS */
396 
+
397 
+#ifdef _DF2S	/* Two 1st byte areas */
398 
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
399 
+#else			/* One 1st byte area */
400 
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
401 
+#endif
402 
+
403 
+#ifdef _DS3S	/* Three 2nd byte areas */
404 
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
405 
+#else			/* Two 2nd byte areas */
406 
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
407 
+#endif
408 
+
409 
+#else			/* Code page is SBCS */
410 
+
411 
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	0
412 
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	0
413 
+
414 
+#endif /* _DF1S */
415 
+
416 
+
417 
+/* Name status flags */
418 
+#define NSFLAG		11		/* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
419 
+#define NS_LOSS		0x01	/* Out of 8.3 format */
420 
+#define NS_LFN		0x02	/* Force to create LFN entry */
421 
+#define NS_LAST		0x04	/* Last segment */
422 
+#define NS_BODY		0x08	/* Lower case flag (body) */
423 
+#define NS_EXT		0x10	/* Lower case flag (ext) */
424 
+#define NS_DOT		0x20	/* Dot entry */
425 
+
426 
+
427 
+/* FAT sub-type boundaries (Differ from specs but correct for real DOS/Windows) */
428 
+#define MIN_FAT16	4086U	/* Minimum number of clusters as FAT16 */
429 
+#define	MIN_FAT32	65526U	/* Minimum number of clusters as FAT32 */
430 
+
431 
+
432 
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
433 
+/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
434 
+/ different platforms */
435 
+
436 
+#define BS_jmpBoot			0		/* x86 jump instruction (3) */
437 
+#define BS_OEMName			3		/* OEM name (8) */
438 
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec		11		/* Sector size [byte] (2) */
439 
+#define BPB_SecPerClus		13		/* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
440 
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt		14		/* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
441 
+#define BPB_NumFATs			16		/* Number of FAT copies (1) */
442 
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt		17		/* Number of root directory entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
443 
+#define BPB_TotSec16		19		/* Volume size [sector] (2) */
444 
+#define BPB_Media			21		/* Media descriptor (1) */
445 
+#define BPB_FATSz16			22		/* FAT size [sector] (2) */
446 
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk		24		/* Track size [sector] (2) */
447 
+#define BPB_NumHeads		26		/* Number of heads (2) */
448 
+#define BPB_HiddSec			28		/* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
449 
+#define BPB_TotSec32		32		/* Volume size [sector] (4) */
450 
+#define BS_DrvNum			36		/* Physical drive number (2) */
451 
+#define BS_BootSig			38		/* Extended boot signature (1) */
452 
+#define BS_VolID			39		/* Volume serial number (4) */
453 
+#define BS_VolLab			43		/* Volume label (8) */
454 
+#define BS_FilSysType		54		/* File system type (1) */
455 
+#define BPB_FATSz32			36		/* FAT size [sector] (4) */
456 
+#define BPB_ExtFlags		40		/* Extended flags (2) */
457 
+#define BPB_FSVer			42		/* File system version (2) */
458 
+#define BPB_RootClus		44		/* Root directory first cluster (4) */
459 
+#define BPB_FSInfo			48		/* Offset of FSINFO sector (2) */
460 
+#define BPB_BkBootSec		50		/* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
461 
+#define BS_DrvNum32			64		/* Physical drive number (2) */
462 
+#define BS_BootSig32		66		/* Extended boot signature (1) */
463 
+#define BS_VolID32			67		/* Volume serial number (4) */
464 
+#define BS_VolLab32			71		/* Volume label (8) */
465 
+#define BS_FilSysType32		82		/* File system type (1) */
466 
+#define	FSI_LeadSig			0		/* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
467 
+#define	FSI_StrucSig		484		/* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
468 
+#define	FSI_Free_Count		488		/* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
469 
+#define	FSI_Nxt_Free		492		/* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
470 
+#define MBR_Table			446		/* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
471 
+#define	SZ_PTE				16		/* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
472 
+#define BS_55AA				510		/* Signature word (2) */
473 
+
474 
+#define	DIR_Name			0		/* Short file name (11) */
475 
+#define	DIR_Attr			11		/* Attribute (1) */
476 
+#define	DIR_NTres			12		/* Lower case flag (1) */
477 
+#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth	13		/* Created time sub-second (1) */
478 
+#define	DIR_CrtTime			14		/* Created time (2) */
479 
+#define	DIR_CrtDate			16		/* Created date (2) */
480 
+#define DIR_LstAccDate		18		/* Last accessed date (2) */
481 
+#define	DIR_FstClusHI		20		/* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
482 
+#define	DIR_WrtTime			22		/* Modified time (2) */
483 
+#define	DIR_WrtDate			24		/* Modified date (2) */
484 
+#define	DIR_FstClusLO		26		/* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
485 
+#define	DIR_FileSize		28		/* File size (4) */
486 
+#define	LDIR_Ord			0		/* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
487 
+#define	LDIR_Attr			11		/* LFN attribute (1) */
488 
+#define	LDIR_Type			12		/* LFN type (1) */
489 
+#define	LDIR_Chksum			13		/* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
490 
+#define	LDIR_FstClusLO		26		/* Must be zero (0) */
491 
+#define	SZ_DIRE				32		/* Size of a directory entry */
492 
+#define	LLEF				0x40	/* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
493 
+#define	DDEM				0xE5	/* Deleted directory entry mark at DIR_Name[0] */
494 
+#define	RDDEM				0x05	/* Replacement of the character collides with DDEM */
495 
+
496 
+
497 
+
498 
+
499 
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
500 
+/* Module private work area                                   */
501 
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
502 
+/* Remark: Uninitialized variables with static duration are
503 
+/  guaranteed zero/null at start-up. If not, either the linker
504 
+/  or start-up routine being used is out of ANSI-C standard.
505 
+*/
506 
+
507 
+#if _VOLUMES < 1 || _VOLUMES > 9
508 
+#error Wrong _VOLUMES setting
509 
+#endif
510 
+static FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES];	/* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
511 
+static WORD Fsid;				/* File system mount ID */
512 
+
513 
+#if _FS_RPATH && _VOLUMES >= 2
514 
+static BYTE CurrVol;			/* Current drive */
515 
+#endif
516 
+
517 
+#if _FS_LOCK
518 
+static FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK];	/* Open object lock semaphores */
519 
+#endif
520 
+
521 
+#if _USE_LFN == 0			/* Non LFN feature */
522 
+#define	DEFINE_NAMEBUF		BYTE sfn[12]
523 
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		(dobj).fn = sfn
524 
+#define	FREE_BUF()
525 
+#else
526 
+#if _MAX_LFN < 12 || _MAX_LFN > 255
527 
+#error Wrong _MAX_LFN setting
528 
+#endif
529 
+#if _USE_LFN == 1			/* LFN feature with static working buffer */
530 
+static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN + 1];
531 
+#define	DEFINE_NAMEBUF		BYTE sfn[12]
532 
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
533 
+#define	FREE_BUF()
534 
+#elif _USE_LFN == 2 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
535 
+#define	DEFINE_NAMEBUF		BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN + 1]
536 
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
537 
+#define	FREE_BUF()
538 
+#elif _USE_LFN == 3 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
539 
+#define	DEFINE_NAMEBUF		BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
540 
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; }
541 
+#define	FREE_BUF()			ff_memfree(lfn)
542 
+#else
543 
+#error Wrong _USE_LFN setting
544 
+#endif
545 
+#endif
546 
+
547 
+#ifdef _EXCVT
548 
+static const BYTE ExCvt[] = _EXCVT;	/* Upper conversion table for extended characters */
549 
+#endif
550 
+
551 
+
552 
+
553 
+
554 
+
555 
+
556 
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
557 
+
558 
+   Module Private Functions
559 
+
560 
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
561 
+DWORD clust2sect (FATFS* fs, DWORD clst);
562 
+DWORD get_fat (FATFS* fs,	DWORD clst);
563 
+
564 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
565 
+FRESULT put_fat (FATFS* fs,	DWORD clst,	DWORD val);
566 
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
567 
+
568 
+#if _USE_LFN
569 
+static void gen_numname (BYTE* dst, const BYTE* src, const WCHAR* lfn, UINT seq);
570 
+#endif /* !_USE_LFN */
571 
+
572 
+
573 
+
574 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
575 
+/* String functions                                                      */
576 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
577 
+
578 
+/* Copy memory to memory */
579 
+static
580 
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
581 
+	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
582 
+	const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
583 
+
584 
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
585 
+	while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
586 
+		*(int*)d = *(int*)s;
587 
+		d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
588 
+		cnt -= sizeof (int);
589 
+	}
590 
+#endif
591 
+	while (cnt--)
592 
+		*d++ = *s++;
593 
+}
594 
+
595 
+/* Fill memory */
596 
+static
597 
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
598 
+	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
599 
+
600 
+	while (cnt--)
601 
+		*d++ = (BYTE)val;
602 
+}
603 
+
604 
+/* Compare memory to memory */
605 
+static
606 
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
607 
+	const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
608 
+	int r = 0;
609 
+
610 
+	while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
611 
+	return r;
612 
+}
613 
+
614 
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
615 
+static
616 
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
617 
+	while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
618 
+	return *str;
619 
+}
620 
+
621 
+
622 
+
623 
+
624 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
625 
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */
626 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
627 
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
628 
+static
629 
+int lock_fs (
630 
+	FATFS* fs		/* File system object */
631 
+)
632 
+{
633 
+	return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
634 
+}
635 
+
636 
+
637 
+static
638 
+void unlock_fs (
639 
+	FATFS* fs,		/* File system object */
640 
+	FRESULT res		/* Result code to be returned */
641 
+)
642 
+{
643 
+	if (fs &&
644 
+		res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
645 
+		res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
646 
+		res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
647 
+		res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
648 
+		ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
649 
+	}
650 
+}
651 
+#endif
652 
+
653 
+
654 
+
655 
+
656 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
657 
+/* File lock control functions                                           */
658 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
659 
+#if _FS_LOCK
660 
+
661 
+static
662 
+FRESULT chk_lock (	/* Check if the file can be accessed */
663 
+	DIR* dp,		/* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
664 
+	int acc			/* Desired access type (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
665 
+)
666 
+{
667 
+	UINT i, be;
668 
+
669 
+	/* Search file semaphore table */
670 
+	for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
671 
+		if (Files[i].fs) {	/* Existing entry */
672 
+			if (Files[i].fs == dp->fs &&	 	/* Check if the object matched with an open object */
673 
+				Files[i].clu == dp->sclust &&
674 
+				Files[i].idx == dp->index) break;
675 
+		} else {			/* Blank entry */
676 
+			be = 1;
677 
+		}
678 
+	}
679 
+	if (i == _FS_LOCK)	/* The object is not opened */
680 
+		return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;	/* Is there a blank entry for new object? */
681 
+
682 
+	/* The object has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
683 
+	return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
684 
+}
685 
+
686 
+
687 
+static
688 
+int enq_lock (void)	/* Check if an entry is available for a new object */
689 
+{
690 
+	UINT i;
691 
+
692 
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
693 
+	return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
694 
+}
695 
+
696 
+
697 
+static
698 
+UINT inc_lock (	/* Increment object open counter and returns its index (0:Internal error) */
699 
+	DIR* dp,	/* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
700 
+	int acc		/* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
701 
+)
702 
+{
703 
+	UINT i;
704 
+
705 
+
706 
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {	/* Find the object */
707 
+		if (Files[i].fs == dp->fs &&
708 
+			Files[i].clu == dp->sclust &&
709 
+			Files[i].idx == dp->index) break;
710 
+	}
711 
+
712 
+	if (i == _FS_LOCK) {				/* Not opened. Register it as new. */
713 
+		for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
714 
+		if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0;	/* No free entry to register (int err) */
715 
+		Files[i].fs = dp->fs;
716 
+		Files[i].clu = dp->sclust;
717 
+		Files[i].idx = dp->index;
718 
+		Files[i].ctr = 0;
719 
+	}
720 
+
721 
+	if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0;	/* Access violation (int err) */
722 
+
723 
+	Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1;	/* Set semaphore value */
724 
+
725 
+	return i + 1;
726 
+}
727 
+
728 
+
729 
+static
730 
+FRESULT dec_lock (	/* Decrement object open counter */
731 
+	UINT i			/* Semaphore index (1..) */
732 
+)
733 
+{
734 
+	WORD n;
735 
+	FRESULT res;
736 
+
737 
+
738 
+	if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {	/* Shift index number origin from 0 */
739 
+		n = Files[i].ctr;
740 
+		if (n == 0x100) n = 0;		/* If write mode open, delete the entry */
741 
+		if (n) n--;					/* Decrement read mode open count */
742 
+		Files[i].ctr = n;
743 
+		if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;	/* Delete the entry if open count gets zero */
744 
+		res = FR_OK;
745 
+	} else {
746 
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;			/* Invalid index nunber */
747 
+	}
748 
+	return res;
749 
+}
750 
+
751 
+
752 
+static
753 
+void clear_lock (	/* Clear lock entries of the volume */
754 
+	FATFS *fs
755 
+)
756 
+{
757 
+	UINT i;
758 
+
759 
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
760 
+		if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
761 
+	}
762 
+}
763 
+#endif
764 
+
765 
+
766 
+
767 
+
768 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
769 
+/* Move/Flush disk access window in the file system object               */
770 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
771 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
772 
+static
773 
+FRESULT sync_window (
774 
+	FATFS* fs		/* File system object */
775 
+)
776 
+{
777 
+	DWORD wsect;
778 
+	UINT nf;
779 
+	FRESULT res = FR_OK;
780 
+
781 
+
782 
+	if (fs->wflag) {	/* Write back the sector if it is dirty */
783 
+		wsect = fs->winsect;	/* Current sector number */
784 
+		if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win.d8, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) {
785 
+			res = FR_DISK_ERR;
786 
+		} else {
787 
+			fs->wflag = 0;
788 
+			if (wsect - fs->fatbase < fs->fsize) {		/* Is it in the FAT area? */
789 
+				for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf >= 2; nf--) {	/* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
790 
+					wsect += fs->fsize;
791 
+					disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win.d8, wsect, 1);
792 
+				}
793 
+			}
794 
+		}
795 
+	}
796 
+	return res;
797 
+}
798 
+#endif
799 
+
800 
+
801 
+static
802 
+FRESULT move_window (
803 
+	FATFS* fs,		/* File system object */
804 
+	DWORD sector	/* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[].d8 */
805 
+)
806 
+{
807 
+	FRESULT res = FR_OK;
808 
+
809 
+
810 
+	if (sector != fs->winsect) {	/* Window offset changed? */
811 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
812 
+		res = sync_window(fs);		/* Write-back changes */
813 
+#endif
814 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {			/* Fill sector window with new data */
815 
+			if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win.d8, sector, 1) != RES_OK) {
816 
+				sector = 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* Invalidate window if data is not reliable */
817 
+				res = FR_DISK_ERR;
818 
+			}
819 
+			fs->winsect = sector;
820 
+		}
821 
+	}
822 
+	return res;
823 
+}
824 
+
825 
+
826 
+
827 
+
828 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
829 
+/* Synchronize file system and strage device                             */
830 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
831 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
832 
+static
833 
+FRESULT sync_fs (	/* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
834 
+	FATFS* fs		/* File system object */
835 
+)
836 
+{
837 
+	FRESULT res;
838 
+
839 
+
840 
+	res = sync_window(fs);
841 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
842 
+		/* Update FSINFO sector if needed */
843 
+		if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag == 1) {
844 
+			/* Create FSINFO structure */
845 
+			mem_set(fs->win.d8, 0, SS(fs));
846 
+			ST_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
847 
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
848 
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
849 
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
850 
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
851 
+			/* Write it into the FSINFO sector */
852 
+			fs->winsect = fs->volbase + 1;
853 
+			disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win.d8, fs->winsect, 1);
854 
+			fs->fsi_flag = 0;
855 
+		}
856 
+		/* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
857 
+		if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
858 
+			res = FR_DISK_ERR;
859 
+	}
860 
+
861 
+	return res;
862 
+}
863 
+#endif
864 
+
865 
+
866 
+
867 
+
868 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
869 
+/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */
870 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
871 
+/* Hidden API for hacks and disk tools */
872 
+
873 
+DWORD clust2sect (	/* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
874 
+	FATFS* fs,		/* File system object */
875 
+	DWORD clst		/* Cluster# to be converted */
876 
+)
877 
+{
878 
+	clst -= 2;
879 
+	if (clst >= fs->n_fatent - 2) return 0;		/* Invalid cluster# */
880 
+	return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
881 
+}
882 
+
883 
+
884 
+
885 
+
886 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
887 
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */
888 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
889 
+/* Hidden API for hacks and disk tools */
890 
+
891 
+DWORD get_fat (	/* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, 2..0x0FFFFFFF:Cluster status */
892 
+	FATFS* fs,	/* File system object */
893 
+	DWORD clst	/* FAT index number (cluster number) to get the value */
894 
+)
895 
+{
896 
+	UINT wc, bc;
897 
+	BYTE *p;
898 
+	DWORD val;
899 
+
900 
+
901 
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
902 
+		val = 1;	/* Internal error */
903 
+
904 
+	} else {
905 
+		val = 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* Default value falls on disk error */
906 
+
907 
+		switch (fs->fs_type) {
908 
+		case FS_FAT12 :
909 
+			bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
910 
+			if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))) != FR_OK) break;
911 
+			wc = fs->win.d8[bc++ % SS(fs)];
912 
+			if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))) != FR_OK) break;
913 
+			wc |= fs->win.d8[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
914 
+			val = clst & 1 ? wc >> 4 : (wc & 0xFFF);
915 
+			break;
916 
+
917 
+		case FS_FAT16 :
918 
+			if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))) != FR_OK) break;
919 
+			p = &fs->win.d8[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
920 
+			val = LD_WORD(p);
921 
+			break;
922 
+
923 
+		case FS_FAT32 :
924 
+			if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))) != FR_OK) break;
925 
+			p = &fs->win.d8[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
926 
+			val = LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
927 
+			break;
928 
+
929 
+		default:
930 
+			val = 1;	/* Internal error */
931 
+		}
932 
+	}
933 
+
934 
+	return val;
935 
+}
936 
+
937 
+
938 
+
939 
+
940 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
941 
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */
942 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
943 
+/* Hidden API for hacks and disk tools */
944 
+
945 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
946 
+FRESULT put_fat (
947 
+	FATFS* fs,	/* File system object */
948 
+	DWORD clst,	/* FAT index number (cluster number) to be changed */
949 
+	DWORD val	/* New value to be set to the entry */
950 
+)
951 
+{
952 
+	UINT bc;
953 
+	BYTE *p;
954 
+	FRESULT res;
955 
+
956 
+
957 
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
958 
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
959 
+
960 
+	} else {
961 
+		switch (fs->fs_type) {
962 
+		case FS_FAT12 :
963 
+			bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
964 
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
965 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
966 
+			p = &fs->win.d8[bc++ % SS(fs)];
967 
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
968 
+			fs->wflag = 1;
969 
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
970 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
971 
+			p = &fs->win.d8[bc % SS(fs)];
972 
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
973 
+			fs->wflag = 1;
974 
+			break;
975 
+
976 
+		case FS_FAT16 :
977 
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
978 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
979 
+			p = &fs->win.d8[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
980 
+			ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
981 
+			fs->wflag = 1;
982 
+			break;
983 
+
984 
+		case FS_FAT32 :
985 
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
986 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
987 
+			p = &fs->win.d8[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
988 
+			val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
989 
+			ST_DWORD(p, val);
990 
+			fs->wflag = 1;
991 
+			break;
992 
+
993 
+		default :
994 
+			res = FR_INT_ERR;
995 
+		}
996 
+	}
997 
+
998 
+	return res;
999 
+}
1000 
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
1001 
+
1002 
+
1003 
+
1004 
+
1005 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1006 
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */
1007 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1008 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1009 
+static
1010 
+FRESULT remove_chain (
1011 
+	FATFS* fs,			/* File system object */
1012 
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
1013 
+)
1014 
+{
1015 
+	FRESULT res;
1016 
+	DWORD nxt;
1017 
+#if _USE_TRIM
1018 
+	DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
1019 
+#endif
1020 
+
1021 
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
1022 
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
1023 
+
1024 
+	} else {
1025 
+		res = FR_OK;
1026 
+		while (clst < fs->n_fatent) {			/* Not a last link? */
1027 
+			nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Get cluster status */
1028 
+			if (nxt == 0) break;				/* Empty cluster? */
1029 
+			if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }	/* Internal error? */
1030 
+			if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }	/* Disk error? */
1031 
+			res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);			/* Mark the cluster "empty" */
1032 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
1033 
+			if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {	/* Update FSINFO */
1034 
+				fs->free_clust++;
1035 
+				fs->fsi_flag |= 1;
1036 
+			}
1037 
+#if _USE_TRIM
1038 
+			if (ecl + 1 == nxt) {	/* Is next cluster contiguous? */
1039 
+				ecl = nxt;
1040 
+			} else {				/* End of contiguous clusters */
1041 
+				rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl);					/* Start sector */
1042 
+				rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1;	/* End sector */
1043 
+				disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_TRIM, rt);				/* Erase the block */
1044 
+				scl = ecl = nxt;
1045 
+			}
1046 
+#endif
1047 
+			clst = nxt;	/* Next cluster */
1048 
+		}
1049 
+	}
1050 
+
1051 
+	return res;
1052 
+}
1053 
+#endif
1054 
+
1055 
+
1056 
+
1057 
+
1058 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1059 
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */
1060 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1061 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1062 
+static
1063 
+DWORD create_chain (	/* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
1064 
+	FATFS* fs,			/* File system object */
1065 
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
1066 
+)
1067 
+{
1068 
+	DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
1069 
+	FRESULT res;
1070 
+
1071 
+
1072 
+	if (clst == 0) {		/* Create a new chain */
1073 
+		scl = fs->last_clust;			/* Get suggested start point */
1074 
+		if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
1075 
+	}
1076 
+	else {					/* Stretch the current chain */
1077 
+		cs = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Check the cluster status */
1078 
+		if (cs < 2) return 1;			/* Invalid value */
1079 
+		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF) return cs;	/* A disk error occurred */
1080 
+		if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs;	/* It is already followed by next cluster */
1081 
+		scl = clst;
1082 
+	}
1083 
+
1084 
+	ncl = scl;				/* Start cluster */
1085 
+	for (;;) {
1086 
+		ncl++;							/* Next cluster */
1087 
+		if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) {		/* Check wrap around */
1088 
+			ncl = 2;
1089 
+			if (ncl > scl) return 0;	/* No free cluster */
1090 
+		}
1091 
+		cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);			/* Get the cluster status */
1092 
+		if (cs == 0) break;				/* Found a free cluster */
1093 
+		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
1094 
+			return cs;
1095 
+		if (ncl == scl) return 0;		/* No free cluster */
1096 
+	}
1097 
+
1098 
+	res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
1099 
+	if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
1100 
+		res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl);	/* Link it to the previous one if needed */
1101 
+	}
1102 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
1103 
+		fs->last_clust = ncl;			/* Update FSINFO */
1104 
+		if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
1105 
+			fs->free_clust--;
1106 
+			fs->fsi_flag |= 1;
1107 
+		}
1108 
+	} else {
1109 
+		ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
1110 
+	}
1111 
+
1112 
+	return ncl;		/* Return new cluster number or error code */
1113 
+}
1114 
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
1115 
+
1116 
+
1117 
+
1118 
+
1119 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1120 
+/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table        */
1121 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1122 
+
1123 
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
1124 
+static
1125 
+DWORD clmt_clust (	/* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
1126 
+	FIL* fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */
1127 
+	DWORD ofs		/* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
1128 
+)
1129 
+{
1130 
+	DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
1131 
+
1132 
+
1133 
+	tbl = fp->cltbl + 1;	/* Top of CLMT */
1134 
+	cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize;	/* Cluster order from top of the file */
1135 
+	for (;;) {
1136 
+		ncl = *tbl++;			/* Number of cluters in the fragment */
1137 
+		if (!ncl) return 0;		/* End of table? (error) */
1138 
+		if (cl < ncl) break;	/* In this fragment? */
1139 
+		cl -= ncl; tbl++;		/* Next fragment */
1140 
+	}
1141 
+	return cl + *tbl;	/* Return the cluster number */
1142 
+}
1143 
+#endif	/* _USE_FASTSEEK */
1144 
+
1145 
+
1146 
+
1147 
+
1148 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1149 
+/* Directory handling - Set directory index                              */
1150 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1151 
+
1152 
+static
1153 
+FRESULT dir_sdi (
1154 
+	DIR* dp,		/* Pointer to directory object */
1155 
+	UINT idx		/* Index of directory table */
1156 
+)
1157 
+{
1158 
+	DWORD clst, sect;
1159 
+	UINT ic;
1160 
+
1161 
+
1162 
+	dp->index = (WORD)idx;	/* Current index */
1163 
+	clst = dp->sclust;		/* Table start cluster (0:root) */
1164 
+	if (clst == 1 || clst >= dp->fs->n_fatent)	/* Check start cluster range */
1165 
+		return FR_INT_ERR;
1166 
+	if (!clst && dp->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)	/* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
1167 
+		clst = dp->fs->dirbase;
1168 
+
1169 
+	if (clst == 0) {	/* Static table (root-directory in FAT12/16) */
1170 
+		if (idx >= dp->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Is index out of range? */
1171 
+			return FR_INT_ERR;
1172 
+		sect = dp->fs->dirbase;
1173 
+	}
1174 
+	else {				/* Dynamic table (root-directory in FAT32 or sub-directory) */
1175 
+		ic = SS(dp->fs) / SZ_DIRE * dp->fs->csize;	/* Entries per cluster */
1176 
+		while (idx >= ic) {	/* Follow cluster chain */
1177 
+			clst = get_fat(dp->fs, clst);				/* Get next cluster */
1178 
+			if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Disk error */
1179 
+			if (clst < 2 || clst >= dp->fs->n_fatent)	/* Reached to end of table or internal error */
1180 
+				return FR_INT_ERR;
1181 
+			idx -= ic;
1182 
+		}
1183 
+		sect = clust2sect(dp->fs, clst);
1184 
+	}
1185 
+	dp->clust = clst;	/* Current cluster# */
1186 
+	if (!sect) return FR_INT_ERR;
1187 
+	dp->sect = sect + idx / (SS(dp->fs) / SZ_DIRE);					/* Sector# of the directory entry */
1188 
+	dp->dir = dp->fs->win.d8 + (idx % (SS(dp->fs) / SZ_DIRE)) * SZ_DIRE;	/* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
1189 
+
1190 
+	return FR_OK;
1191 
+}
1192 
+
1193 
+
1194 
+
1195 
+
1196 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1197 
+/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next                  */
1198 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1199 
+
1200 
+static
1201 
+FRESULT dir_next (	/* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:Could not stretch */
1202 
+	DIR* dp,		/* Pointer to the directory object */
1203 
+	int stretch		/* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
1204 
+)
1205 
+{
1206 
+	DWORD clst;
1207 
+	UINT i;
1208 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1209 
+	UINT c;
1210 
+#endif
1211 
+
1212 
+
1213 
+	i = dp->index + 1;
1214 
+	if (!(i & 0xFFFF) || !dp->sect)	/* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
1215 
+		return FR_NO_FILE;
1216 
+
1217 
+	if (!(i % (SS(dp->fs) / SZ_DIRE))) {	/* Sector changed? */
1218 
+		dp->sect++;					/* Next sector */
1219 
+
1220 
+		if (!dp->clust) {		/* Static table */
1221 
+			if (i >= dp->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Report EOT if it reached end of static table */
1222 
+				return FR_NO_FILE;
1223 
+		}
1224 
+		else {					/* Dynamic table */
1225 
+			if (((i / (SS(dp->fs) / SZ_DIRE)) & (dp->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) {	/* Cluster changed? */
1226 
+				clst = get_fat(dp->fs, dp->clust);				/* Get next cluster */
1227 
+				if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
1228 
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
1229 
+				if (clst >= dp->fs->n_fatent) {					/* If it reached end of dynamic table, */
1230 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1231 
+					if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* If do not stretch, report EOT */
1232 
+					clst = create_chain(dp->fs, dp->clust);		/* Stretch cluster chain */
1233 
+					if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;			/* No free cluster */
1234 
+					if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
1235 
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
1236 
+					/* Clean-up stretched table */
1237 
+					if (sync_window(dp->fs)) return FR_DISK_ERR;/* Flush disk access window */
1238 
+					mem_set(dp->fs->win.d8, 0, SS(dp->fs));		/* Clear window buffer */
1239 
+					dp->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dp->fs, clst);	/* Cluster start sector */
1240 
+					for (c = 0; c < dp->fs->csize; c++) {		/* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
1241 
+						dp->fs->wflag = 1;
1242 
+						if (sync_window(dp->fs)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
1243 
+						dp->fs->winsect++;
1244 
+					}
1245 
+					dp->fs->winsect -= c;						/* Rewind window offset */
1246 
+#else
1247 
+					if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* If do not stretch, report EOT (this is to suppress warning) */
1248 
+					return FR_NO_FILE;							/* Report EOT */
1249 
+#endif
1250 
+				}
1251 
+				dp->clust = clst;				/* Initialize data for new cluster */
1252 
+				dp->sect = clust2sect(dp->fs, clst);
1253 
+			}
1254 
+		}
1255 
+	}
1256 
+
1257 
+	dp->index = (WORD)i;	/* Current index */
1258 
+	dp->dir = dp->fs->win.d8 + (i % (SS(dp->fs) / SZ_DIRE)) * SZ_DIRE;	/* Current entry in the window */
1259 
+
1260 
+	return FR_OK;
1261 
+}
1262 
+
1263 
+
1264 
+
1265 
+
1266 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1267 
+/* Directory handling - Reserve directory entry                          */
1268 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1269 
+
1270 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1271 
+static
1272 
+FRESULT dir_alloc (
1273 
+	DIR* dp,	/* Pointer to the directory object */
1274 
+	UINT nent	/* Number of contiguous entries to allocate (1-21) */
1275 
+)
1276 
+{
1277 
+	FRESULT res;
1278 
+	UINT n;
1279 
+
1280 
+
1281 
+	res = dir_sdi(dp, 0);
1282 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
1283 
+		n = 0;
1284 
+		do {
1285 
+			res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1286 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
1287 
+			if (dp->dir[0] == DDEM || dp->dir[0] == 0) {	/* Is it a free entry? */
1288 
+				if (++n == nent) break;	/* A block of contiguous free entries is found */
1289 
+			} else {
1290 
+				n = 0;					/* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
1291 
+			}
1292 
+			res = dir_next(dp, 1);		/* Next entry with table stretch enabled */
1293 
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
1294 
+	}
1295 
+	if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_DENIED;	/* No directory entry to allocate */
1296 
+	return res;
1297 
+}
1298 
+#endif
1299 
+
1300 
+
1301 
+
1302 
+
1303 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1304 
+/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number                  */
1305 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1306 
+
1307 
+static
1308 
+DWORD ld_clust (
1309 
+	FATFS* fs,	/* Pointer to the fs object */
1310 
+	BYTE* dir	/* Pointer to the directory entry */
1311 
+)
1312 
+{
1313 
+	DWORD cl;
1314 
+
1315 
+	cl = LD_WORD(dir + DIR_FstClusLO);
1316 
+	if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
1317 
+		cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir + DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
1318 
+
1319 
+	return cl;
1320 
+}
1321 
+
1322 
+
1323 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1324 
+static
1325 
+void st_clust (
1326 
+	BYTE* dir,	/* Pointer to the directory entry */
1327 
+	DWORD cl	/* Value to be set */
1328 
+)
1329 
+{
1330 
+	ST_WORD(dir + DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
1331 
+	ST_WORD(dir + DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
1332 
+}
1333 
+#endif
1334 
+
1335 
+
1336 
+
1337 
+
1338 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1339 
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */
1340 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1341 
+#if _USE_LFN
1342 
+static
1343 
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};	/* Offset of LFN characters in the directory entry */
1344 
+
1345 
+
1346 
+static
1347 
+int cmp_lfn (			/* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
1348 
+	WCHAR* lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
1349 
+	BYTE* dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
1350 
+)
1351 
+{
1352 
+	UINT i, s;
1353 
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
1354 
+
1355 
+
1356 
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLEF) - 1) * 13;	/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
1357 
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
1358 
+	do {
1359 
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir + LfnOfs[s]);	/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
1360 
+		if (wc) {	/* Last character has not been processed */
1361 
+			wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);		/* Convert it to upper case */
1362 
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))	/* Compare it */
1363 
+				return 0;				/* Not matched */
1364 
+		} else {
1365 
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;	/* Check filler */
1366 
+		}
1367 
+	} while (++s < 13);				/* Repeat until all characters in the entry are checked */
1368 
+
1369 
+	if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLEF) && wc && lfnbuf[i])	/* Last segment matched but different length */
1370 
+		return 0;
1371 
+
1372 
+	return 1;						/* The part of LFN matched */
1373 
+}
1374 
+
1375 
+
1376 
+
1377 
+static
1378 
+int pick_lfn (			/* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
1379 
+	WCHAR* lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
1380 
+	BYTE* dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry */
1381 
+)
1382 
+{
1383 
+	UINT i, s;
1384 
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
1385 
+
1386 
+
1387 
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;	/* Offset in the LFN buffer */
1388 
+
1389 
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
1390 
+	do {
1391 
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir + LfnOfs[s]);		/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
1392 
+		if (wc) {	/* Last character has not been processed */
1393 
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;	/* Buffer overflow? */
1394 
+			lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;			/* Store it */
1395 
+		} else {
1396 
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;		/* Check filler */
1397 
+		}
1398 
+	} while (++s < 13);						/* Read all character in the entry */
1399 
+
1400 
+	if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLEF) {				/* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
1401 
+		if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;		/* Buffer overflow? */
1402 
+		lfnbuf[i] = 0;
1403 
+	}
1404 
+
1405 
+	return 1;
1406 
+}
1407 
+
1408 
+
1409 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1410 
+static
1411 
+void fit_lfn (
1412 
+	const WCHAR* lfnbuf,	/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
1413 
+	BYTE* dir,				/* Pointer to the directory entry */
1414 
+	BYTE ord,				/* LFN order (1-20) */
1415 
+	BYTE sum				/* SFN sum */
1416 
+)
1417 
+{
1418 
+	UINT i, s;
1419 
+	WCHAR wc;
1420 
+
1421 
+
1422 
+	dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;			/* Set check sum */
1423 
+	dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;		/* Set attribute. LFN entry */
1424 
+	dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
1425 
+	ST_WORD(dir + LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
1426 
+
1427 
+	i = (ord - 1) * 13;				/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
1428 
+	s = wc = 0;
1429 
+	do {
1430 
+		if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];	/* Get an effective character */
1431 
+		ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);	/* Put it */
1432 
+		if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;		/* Padding characters following last character */
1433 
+	} while (++s < 13);
1434 
+	if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLEF;	/* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
1435 
+	dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;			/* Set the LFN order */
1436 
+}
1437 
+
1438 
+#endif
1439 
+#endif
1440 
+
1441 
+
1442 
+
1443 
+
1444 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1445 
+/* Create numbered name                                                  */
1446 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1447 
+#if _USE_LFN
1448 
+static
1449 
+void gen_numname (
1450 
+	BYTE* dst,			/* Pointer to the buffer to store numbered SFN */
1451 
+	const BYTE* src,	/* Pointer to SFN */
1452 
+	const WCHAR* lfn,	/* Pointer to LFN */
1453 
+	UINT seq			/* Sequence number */
1454 
+)
1455 
+{
1456 
+	BYTE ns[8], c;
1457 
+	UINT i, j;
1458 
+	WCHAR wc;
1459 
+	DWORD sr;
1460 
+
1461 
+
1462 
+	mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
1463 
+
1464 
+	if (seq > 5) {	/* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
1465 
+		sr = seq;
1466 
+		while (*lfn) {	/* Create a CRC */
1467 
+			wc = *lfn++;
1468 
+			for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
1469 
+				sr = (sr << 1) + (wc & 1);
1470 
+				wc >>= 1;
1471 
+				if (sr & 0x10000) sr ^= 0x11021;
1472 
+			}
1473 
+		}
1474 
+		seq = (UINT)sr;
1475 
+	}
1476 
+
1477 
+	/* itoa (hexdecimal) */
1478 
+	i = 7;
1479 
+	do {
1480 
+		c = (seq % 16) + '0';
1481 
+		if (c > '9') c += 7;
1482 
+		ns[i--] = c;
1483 
+		seq /= 16;
1484 
+	} while (seq);
1485 
+	ns[i] = '~';
1486 
+
1487 
+	/* Append the number */
1488 
+	for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
1489 
+		if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
1490 
+			if (j == i - 1) break;
1491 
+			j++;
1492 
+		}
1493 
+	}
1494 
+	do {
1495 
+		dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
1496 
+	} while (j < 8);
1497 
+}
1498 
+#endif
1499 
+
1500 
+
1501 
+
1502 
+
1503 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1504 
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */
1505 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1506 
+#if _USE_LFN
1507 
+static
1508 
+BYTE sum_sfn (
1509 
+	const BYTE* dir		/* Pointer to the SFN entry */
1510 
+)
1511 
+{
1512 
+	BYTE sum = 0;
1513 
+	UINT n = 11;
1514 
+
1515 
+	do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
1516 
+	return sum;
1517 
+}
1518 
+#endif
1519 
+
1520 
+
1521 
+
1522 
+
1523 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1524 
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */
1525 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1526 
+
1527 
+static
1528 
+FRESULT dir_find (
1529 
+	DIR* dp			/* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
1530 
+)
1531 
+{
1532 
+	FRESULT res;
1533 
+	BYTE c, *dir;
1534 
+#if _USE_LFN
1535 
+	BYTE a, ord, sum;
1536 
+#endif
1537 
+
1538 
+	res = dir_sdi(dp, 0);			/* Rewind directory object */
1539 
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
1540 
+
1541 
+#if _USE_LFN
1542 
+	ord = sum = 0xFF; dp->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */
1543 
+#endif
1544 
+	do {
1545 
+		res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1546 
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
1547 
+		dir = dp->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
1548 
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
1549 
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
1550 
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
1551 
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
1552 
+		if (c == DDEM || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
1553 
+			ord = 0xFF; dp->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */
1554 
+		} else {
1555 
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
1556 
+				if (dp->lfn) {
1557 
+					if (c & LLEF) {		/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
1558 
+						sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
1559 
+						c &= ~LLEF; ord = c;	/* LFN start order */
1560 
+						dp->lfn_idx = dp->index;	/* Start index of LFN */
1561 
+					}
1562 
+					/* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
1563 
+					ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dp->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
1564 
+				}
1565 
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
1566 
+				if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break;	/* LFN matched? */
1567 
+				if (!(dp->fn[NSFLAG] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dp->fn, 11)) break;	/* SFN matched? */
1568 
+				ord = 0xFF; dp->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */
1569 
+			}
1570 
+		}
1571 
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
1572 
+		if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dp->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
1573 
+			break;
1574 
+#endif
1575 
+		res = dir_next(dp, 0);		/* Next entry */
1576 
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
1577 
+
1578 
+	return res;
1579 
+}
1580 
+
1581 
+
1582 
+
1583 
+
1584 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1585 
+/* Read an object from the directory                                     */
1586 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1587 
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 || _USE_LABEL || _FS_RPATH >= 2
1588 
+static
1589 
+FRESULT dir_read (
1590 
+	DIR* dp,		/* Pointer to the directory object */
1591 
+	int vol			/* Filtered by 0:file/directory or 1:volume label */
1592 
+)
1593 
+{
1594 
+	FRESULT res;
1595 
+	BYTE a, c, *dir;
1596 
+#if _USE_LFN
1597 
+	BYTE ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
1598 
+#endif
1599 
+
1600 
+	res = FR_NO_FILE;
1601 
+	while (dp->sect) {
1602 
+		res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1603 
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
1604 
+		dir = dp->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
1605 
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
1606 
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
1607 
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
1608 
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
1609 
+		if (c == DDEM || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || (int)((a & ~AM_ARC) == AM_VOL) != vol) {	/* An entry without valid data */
1610 
+			ord = 0xFF;
1611 
+		} else {
1612 
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
1613 
+				if (c & LLEF) {			/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
1614 
+					sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
1615 
+					c &= ~LLEF; ord = c;
1616 
+					dp->lfn_idx = dp->index;
1617 
+				}
1618 
+				/* Check LFN validity and capture it */
1619 
+				ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dp->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
1620 
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
1621 
+				if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir))	/* Is there a valid LFN? */
1622 
+					dp->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;		/* It has no LFN. */
1623 
+				break;
1624 
+			}
1625 
+		}
1626 
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
1627 
+		if (c != DDEM && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && a != AM_LFN && (int)((a & ~AM_ARC) == AM_VOL) == vol)	/* Is it a valid entry? */
1628 
+			break;
1629 
+#endif
1630 
+		res = dir_next(dp, 0);				/* Next entry */
1631 
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
1632 
+	}
1633 
+
1634 
+	if (res != FR_OK) dp->sect = 0;
1635 
+
1636 
+	return res;
1637 
+}
1638 
+#endif	/* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 || _USE_LABEL || _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
1639 
+
1640 
+
1641 
+
1642 
+
1643 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1644 
+/* Register an object to the directory                                   */
1645 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1646 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
1647 
+static
1648 
+FRESULT dir_register (	/* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
1649 
+	DIR* dp				/* Target directory with object name to be created */
1650 
+)
1651 
+{
1652 
+	FRESULT res;
1653 
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
1654 
+	UINT n, nent;
1655 
+	BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
1656 
+	WCHAR *lfn;
1657 
+
1658 
+
1659 
+	fn = dp->fn; lfn = dp->lfn;
1660 
+	mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
1661 
+
1662 
+	if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NSFLAG] & NS_DOT))		/* Cannot create dot entry */
1663 
+		return FR_INVALID_NAME;
1664 
+
1665 
+	if (sn[NSFLAG] & NS_LOSS) {			/* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
1666 
+		fn[NSFLAG] = 0; dp->lfn = 0;			/* Find only SFN */
1667 
+		for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
1668 
+			gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);	/* Generate a numbered name */
1669 
+			res = dir_find(dp);				/* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
1670 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
1671 
+		}
1672 
+		if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;		/* Abort if too many collisions */
1673 
+		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;	/* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
1674 
+		fn[NSFLAG] = sn[NSFLAG]; dp->lfn = lfn;
1675 
+	}
1676 
+
1677 
+	if (sn[NSFLAG] & NS_LFN) {			/* When LFN is to be created, allocate entries for an SFN + LFNs. */
1678 
+		for (n = 0; lfn[n]; n++) ;
1679 
+		nent = (n + 25) / 13;
1680 
+	} else {						/* Otherwise allocate an entry for an SFN  */
1681 
+		nent = 1;
1682 
+	}
1683 
+	res = dir_alloc(dp, nent);		/* Allocate entries */
1684 
+
1685 
+	if (res == FR_OK && --nent) {	/* Set LFN entry if needed */
1686 
+		res = dir_sdi(dp, dp->index - nent);
1687 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
1688 
+			sum = sum_sfn(dp->fn);	/* Sum value of the SFN tied to the LFN */
1689 
+			do {					/* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
1690 
+				res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1691 
+				if (res != FR_OK) break;
1692 
+				fit_lfn(dp->lfn, dp->dir, (BYTE)nent, sum);
1693 
+				dp->fs->wflag = 1;
1694 
+				res = dir_next(dp, 0);	/* Next entry */
1695 
+			} while (res == FR_OK && --nent);
1696 
+		}
1697 
+	}
1698 
+#else	/* Non LFN configuration */
1699 
+	res = dir_alloc(dp, 1);		/* Allocate an entry for SFN */
1700 
+#endif
1701 
+
1702 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {				/* Set SFN entry */
1703 
+		res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1704 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
1705 
+			mem_set(dp->dir, 0, SZ_DIRE);	/* Clean the entry */
1706 
+			mem_cpy(dp->dir, dp->fn, 11);	/* Put SFN */
1707 
+#if _USE_LFN
1708 
+			dp->dir[DIR_NTres] = dp->fn[NSFLAG] & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);	/* Put NT flag */
1709 
+#endif
1710 
+			dp->fs->wflag = 1;
1711 
+		}
1712 
+	}
1713 
+
1714 
+	return res;
1715 
+}
1716 
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
1717 
+
1718 
+
1719 
+
1720 
+
1721 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1722 
+/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */
1723 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1724 
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
1725 
+static
1726 
+FRESULT dir_remove (	/* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
1727 
+	DIR* dp				/* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
1728 
+)
1729 
+{
1730 
+	FRESULT res;
1731 
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
1732 
+	UINT i;
1733 
+
1734 
+	i = dp->index;	/* SFN index */
1735 
+	res = dir_sdi(dp, (dp->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dp->lfn_idx);	/* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
1736 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
1737 
+		do {
1738 
+			res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1739 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
1740 
+			mem_set(dp->dir, 0, SZ_DIRE);	/* Clear and mark the entry "deleted" */
1741 
+			*dp->dir = DDEM;
1742 
+			dp->fs->wflag = 1;
1743 
+			if (dp->index >= i) break;	/* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
1744 
+			res = dir_next(dp, 0);		/* Next entry */
1745 
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
1746 
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
1747 
+	}
1748 
+
1749 
+#else			/* Non LFN configuration */
1750 
+	res = dir_sdi(dp, dp->index);
1751 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
1752 
+		res = move_window(dp->fs, dp->sect);
1753 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
1754 
+			mem_set(dp->dir, 0, SZ_DIRE);	/* Clear and mark the entry "deleted" */
1755 
+			*dp->dir = DDEM;
1756 
+			dp->fs->wflag = 1;
1757 
+		}
1758 
+	}
1759 
+#endif
1760 
+
1761 
+	return res;
1762 
+}
1763 
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
1764 
+
1765 
+
1766 
+
1767 
+
1768 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1769 
+/* Get file information from directory entry                             */
1770 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1771 
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 || _FS_RPATH >= 2
1772 
+static
1773 
+void get_fileinfo (		/* No return code */
1774 
+	DIR* dp,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
1775 
+	FILINFO* fno	 	/* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
1776 
+)
1777 
+{
1778 
+	UINT i;
1779 
+	TCHAR *p, c;
1780 
+	BYTE *dir;
1781 
+#if _USE_LFN
1782 
+	WCHAR w, *lfn;
1783 
+#endif
1784 
+
1785 
+	p = fno->fname;
1786 
+	if (dp->sect) {		/* Get SFN */
1787 
+		dir = dp->dir;
1788 
+		i = 0;
1789 
+		while (i < 11) {		/* Copy name body and extension */
1790 
+			c = (TCHAR)dir[i++];
1791 
+			if (c == ' ') continue;				/* Skip padding spaces */
1792 
+			if (c == RDDEM) c = (TCHAR)DDEM;	/* Restore replaced DDEM character */
1793 
+			if (i == 9) *p++ = '.';				/* Insert a . if extension is exist */
1794 
+#if _USE_LFN
1795 
+			if (IsUpper(c) && (dir[DIR_NTres] & (i >= 9 ? NS_EXT : NS_BODY)))
1796 
+				c += 0x20;			/* To lower */
1797 
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
1798 
+			if (IsDBCS1(c) && i != 8 && i != 11 && IsDBCS2(dir[i]))
1799 
+				c = c << 8 | dir[i++];
1800 
+			c = ff_convert(c, 1);	/* OEM -> Unicode */
1801 
+			if (!c) c = '?';
1802 
+#endif
1803 
+#endif
1804 
+			*p++ = c;
1805 
+		}
1806 
+		fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];				/* Attribute */
1807 
+		fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir + DIR_FileSize);	/* Size */
1808 
+		fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir + DIR_WrtDate);	/* Date */
1809 
+		fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir + DIR_WrtTime);	/* Time */
1810 
+	}
1811 
+	*p = 0;		/* Terminate SFN string by a \0 */
1812 
+
1813 
+#if _USE_LFN
1814 
+	if (fno->lfname) {
1815 
+		i = 0; p = fno->lfname;
1816 
+		if (dp->sect && fno->lfsize && dp->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {	/* Get LFN if available */
1817 
+			lfn = dp->lfn;
1818 
+			while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {		/* Get an LFN character */
1819 
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
1820 
+				w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM */
1821 
+				if (!w) { i = 0; break; }	/* No LFN if it could not be converted */
1822 
+				if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)	/* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
1823 
+					p[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
1824 
+#endif
1825 
+				if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }	/* No LFN if buffer overflow */
1826 
+				p[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
1827 
+			}
1828 
+		}
1829 
+		p[i] = 0;	/* Terminate LFN string by a \0 */
1830 
+	}
1831 
+#endif
1832 
+}
1833 
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 || _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
1834 
+
1835 
+
1836 
+
1837 
+
1838 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1839 
+/* Pattern matching                                                      */
1840 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1841 
+#if _USE_FIND && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
1842 
+static
1843 
+WCHAR get_achar (		/* Get a character and advances ptr 1 or 2 */
1844 
+	const TCHAR** ptr	/* Pointer to pointer to the SBCS/DBCS/Unicode string */
1845 
+)
1846 
+{
1847 
+	WCHAR chr;
1848 
+
1849 
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
1850 
+	chr = (BYTE)*(*ptr)++;					/* Get a byte */
1851 
+	if (IsLower(chr)) chr -= 0x20;			/* To upper ASCII char */
1852 
+	if (IsDBCS1(chr) && IsDBCS2(**ptr))		/* Get DBC 2nd byte if needed */
1853 
+		chr = chr << 8 | (BYTE)*(*ptr)++;
1854 
+#ifdef _EXCVT
1855 
+	if (chr >= 0x80) chr = ExCvt[chr - 0x80];	/* To upper SBCS extended char */
1856 
+#endif
1857 
+#else
1858 
+	chr = ff_wtoupper(*(*ptr)++);			/* Get a word and to upper */
1859 
+#endif
1860 
+	return chr;
1861 
+}
1862 
+
1863 
+
1864 
+static
1865 
+int pattern_matching (	/* Return value: 0:mismatched, 1:matched */
1866 
+	const TCHAR* pat,	/* Matching pattern */
1867 
+	const TCHAR* nam,	/* String to be tested */
1868 
+	int skip,			/* Number of pre-skip chars (number of ?s) */
1869 
+	int inf				/* Infinite search (* specified) */
1870 
+)
1871 
+{
1872 
+	const TCHAR *pp, *np;
1873 
+	WCHAR pc, nc;
1874 
+	int nm, nx;
1875 
+
1876 
+
1877 
+	while (skip--) {				/* Pre-skip name chars */
1878 
+		if (!get_achar(&nam)) return 0;	/* Branch mismatched if less name chars */
1879 
+	}
1880 
+	if (!*pat && inf) return 1;		/* (short circuit) */
1881 
+
1882 
+	do {
1883 
+		pp = pat; np = nam;			/* Top of pattern and name to match */
1884 
+		for (;;) {
1885 
+			if (*pp == '?' || *pp == '*') {	/* Wildcard? */
1886 
+				nm = nx = 0;
1887 
+				do {				/* Analyze the wildcard chars */
1888 
+					if (*pp++ == '?') nm++; else nx = 1;
1889 
+				} while (*pp == '?' || *pp == '*');
1890 
+				if (pattern_matching(pp, np, nm, nx)) return 1;	/* Test new branch (recurs upto number of wildcard blocks in the pattern) */
1891 
+				nc = *np; break;	/* Branch mismatched */
1892 
+			}
1893 
+			pc = get_achar(&pp);	/* Get a pattern char */
1894 
+			nc = get_achar(&np);	/* Get a name char */
1895 
+			if (pc != nc) break;	/* Branch mismatched? */
1896 
+			if (!pc) return 1;		/* Branch matched? (matched at end of both strings) */
1897 
+		}
1898 
+		get_achar(&nam);			/* nam++ */
1899 
+	} while (inf && nc);			/* Retry until end of name if infinite search is specified */
1900 
+
1901 
+	return 0;
1902 
+}
1903 
+#endif /* _USE_FIND && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
1904 
+
1905 
+
1906 
+
1907 
+
1908 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1909 
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */
1910 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1911 
+
1912 
+static
1913 
+FRESULT create_name (
1914 
+	DIR* dp,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
1915 
+	const TCHAR** path	/* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
1916 
+)
1917 
+{
1918 
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
1919 
+	BYTE b, cf;
1920 
+	WCHAR w, *lfn;
1921 
+	UINT i, ni, si, di;
1922 
+	const TCHAR *p;
1923 
+
1924 
+	/* Create LFN in Unicode */
1925 
+	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */
1926 
+	lfn = dp->lfn;
1927 
+	si = di = 0;
1928 
+	for (;;) {
1929 
+		w = p[si++];					/* Get a character */
1930 
+		if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
1931 
+		if (di >= _MAX_LFN)				/* Reject too long name */
1932 
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
1933 
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
1934 
+		w &= 0xFF;
1935 
+		if (IsDBCS1(w)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
1936 
+#if _DF1S
1937 
+			b = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */
1938 
+			w = (w << 8) + b;			/* Create a DBC */
1939 
+			if (!IsDBCS2(b))
1940 
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid sequence */
1941 
+#endif
1942 
+		}
1943 
+		w = ff_convert(w, 1);			/* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
1944 
+		if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid code */
1945 
+#endif
1946 
+		if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal characters for LFN */
1947 
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
1948 
+		lfn[di++] = w;					/* Store the Unicode character */
1949 
+	}
1950 
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */
1951 
+	cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
1952 
+#if _FS_RPATH
1953 
+	if ((di == 1 && lfn[di - 1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
1954 
+		(di == 2 && lfn[di - 1] == '.' && lfn[di - 2] == '.')) {
1955 
+		lfn[di] = 0;
1956 
+		for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
1957 
+			dp->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
1958 
+		dp->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;		/* This is a dot entry */
1959 
+		return FR_OK;
1960 
+	}
1961 
+#endif
1962 
+	while (di) {						/* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
1963 
+		w = lfn[di - 1];
1964 
+		if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
1965 
+		di--;
1966 
+	}
1967 
+	if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject nul string */
1968 
+
1969 
+	lfn[di] = 0;						/* LFN is created */
1970 
+
1971 
+	/* Create SFN in directory form */
1972 
+	mem_set(dp->fn, ' ', 11);
1973 
+	for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;	/* Strip leading spaces and dots */
1974 
+	if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
1975 
+	while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;	/* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
1976 
+
1977 
+	b = i = 0; ni = 8;
1978 
+	for (;;) {
1979 
+		w = lfn[si++];					/* Get an LFN character */
1980 
+		if (!w) break;					/* Break on end of the LFN */
1981 
+		if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {	/* Remove spaces and dots */
1982 
+			cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
1983 
+		}
1984 
+
1985 
+		if (i >= ni || si == di) {		/* Extension or end of SFN */
1986 
+			if (ni == 11) {				/* Long extension */
1987 
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
1988 
+			}
1989 
+			if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Out of 8.3 format */
1990 
+			if (si > di) break;			/* No extension */
1991 
+			si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;	/* Enter extension section */
1992 
+			b <<= 2; continue;
1993 
+		}
1994 
+
1995 
+		if (w >= 0x80) {				/* Non ASCII character */
1996 
+#ifdef _EXCVT
1997 
+			w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM code */
1998 
+			if (w) w = ExCvt[w - 0x80];	/* Convert extended character to upper (SBCS) */
1999 
+#else
2000 
+			w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);	/* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
2001 
+#endif
2002 
+			cf |= NS_LFN;				/* Force create LFN entry */
2003 
+		}
2004 
+
2005 
+		if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {		/* DBC (always false at SBCS cfg) */
2006 
+			if (i >= ni - 1) {
2007 
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
2008 
+			}
2009 
+			dp->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
2010 
+		} else {						/* SBC */
2011 
+			if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) {	/* Replace illegal characters for SFN */
2012 
+				w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
2013 
+			} else {
2014 
+				if (IsUpper(w)) {		/* ASCII large capital */
2015 
+					b |= 2;
2016 
+				} else {
2017 
+					if (IsLower(w)) {	/* ASCII small capital */
2018 
+						b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
2019 
+					}
2020 
+				}
2021 
+			}
2022 
+		}
2023 
+		dp->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
2024 
+	}
2025 
+
2026 
+	if (dp->fn[0] == DDEM) dp->fn[0] = RDDEM;	/* If the first character collides with deleted mark, replace it with RDDEM */
2027 
+
2028 
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
2029 
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)	/* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
2030 
+		cf |= NS_LFN;
2031 
+	if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {						/* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended character, NT flags are created */
2032 
+		if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
2033 
+		if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
2034 
+	}
2035 
+
2036 
+	dp->fn[NSFLAG] = cf;	/* SFN is created */
2037 
+
2038 
+	return FR_OK;
2039 
+
2040 
+
2041 
+#else	/* Non-LFN configuration */
2042 
+	BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
2043 
+	UINT ni, si, i;
2044 
+	const char *p;
2045 
+
2046 
+	/* Create file name in directory form */
2047 
+	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */
2048 
+	sfn = dp->fn;
2049 
+	mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
2050 
+	si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
2051 
+#if _FS_RPATH
2052 
+	if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
2053 
+		for (;;) {
2054 
+			c = (BYTE)p[si++];
2055 
+			if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
2056 
+			sfn[i++] = c;
2057 
+		}
2058 
+		if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
2059 
+		*path = &p[si];									/* Return pointer to the next segment */
2060 
+		sfn[NSFLAG] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;	/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
2061 
+		return FR_OK;
2062 
+	}
2063 
+#endif
2064 
+	for (;;) {
2065 
+		c = (BYTE)p[si++];
2066 
+		if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
2067 
+		if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
2068 
+			if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
2069 
+			i = 8; ni = 11;
2070 
+			b <<= 2; continue;
2071 
+		}
2072 
+		if (c >= 0x80) {				/* Extended character? */
2073 
+			b |= 3;						/* Eliminate NT flag */
2074 
+#ifdef _EXCVT
2075 
+			c = ExCvt[c - 0x80];		/* To upper extended characters (SBCS cfg) */
2076 
+#else
2077 
+#if !_DF1S
2078 
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject extended characters (ASCII cfg) */
2079 
+#endif
2080 
+#endif
2081 
+		}
2082 
+		if (IsDBCS1(c)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
2083 
+			d = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */
2084 
+			if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1)	/* Reject invalid DBC */
2085 
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
2086 
+			sfn[i++] = c;
2087 
+			sfn[i++] = d;
2088 
+		} else {						/* SBC */
2089 
+			if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c))	/* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
2090 
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
2091 
+			if (IsUpper(c)) {			/* ASCII large capital? */
2092 
+				b |= 2;
2093 
+			} else {
2094 
+				if (IsLower(c)) {		/* ASCII small capital? */
2095 
+					b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
2096 
+				}
2097 
+			}
2098 
+			sfn[i++] = c;
2099 
+		}
2100 
+	}
2101 
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */
2102 
+	c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
2103 
+
2104 
+	if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject nul string */
2105 
+	if (sfn[0] == DDEM) sfn[0] = RDDEM;	/* When first character collides with DDEM, replace it with RDDEM */
2106 
+
2107 
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
2108 
+	if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
2109 
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
2110 
+
2111 
+	sfn[NSFLAG] = c;		/* Store NT flag, File name is created */
2112 
+
2113 
+	return FR_OK;
2114 
+#endif
2115 
+}
2116 
+
2117 
+
2118 
+
2119 
+
2120 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2121 
+/* Follow a file path                                                    */
2122 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2123 
+
2124 
+static
2125 
+FRESULT follow_path (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
2126 
+	DIR* dp,			/* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
2127 
+	const TCHAR* path	/* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
2128 
+)
2129 
+{
2130 
+	FRESULT res;
2131 
+	BYTE *dir, ns;
2132 
+
2133 
+
2134 
+#if _FS_RPATH
2135 
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') {	/* There is a heading separator */
2136 
+		path++;	dp->sclust = 0;				/* Strip it and start from the root directory */
2137 
+	} else {								/* No heading separator */
2138 
+		dp->sclust = dp->fs->cdir;			/* Start from the current directory */
2139 
+	}
2140 
+#else
2141 
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')		/* Strip heading separator if exist */
2142 
+		path++;
2143 
+	dp->sclust = 0;							/* Always start from the root directory */
2144 
+#endif
2145 
+
2146 
+	if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {				/* Null path name is the origin directory itself */
2147 
+		res = dir_sdi(dp, 0);
2148 
+		dp->dir = 0;
2149 
+	} else {								/* Follow path */
2150 
+		for (;;) {
2151 
+			res = create_name(dp, &path);	/* Get a segment name of the path */
2152 
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
2153 
+			res = dir_find(dp);				/* Find an object with the sagment name */
2154 
+			ns = dp->fn[NSFLAG];
2155 
+			if (res != FR_OK) {				/* Failed to find the object */
2156 
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {	/* Object is not found */
2157 
+					if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) {	/* If dot entry is not exist, */
2158 
+						dp->sclust = 0; dp->dir = 0;	/* it is the root directory and stay there */
2159 
+						if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;	/* Continue to follow if not last segment */
2160 
+						res = FR_OK;					/* Ended at the root directroy. Function completed. */
2161 
+					} else {							/* Could not find the object */
2162 
+						if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;	/* Adjust error code if not last segment */
2163 
+					}
2164 
+				}
2165 
+				break;
2166 
+			}
2167 
+			if (ns & NS_LAST) break;			/* Last segment matched. Function completed. */
2168 
+			dir = dp->dir;						/* Follow the sub-directory */
2169 
+			if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* It is not a sub-directory and cannot follow */
2170 
+				res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
2171 
+			}
2172 
+			dp->sclust = ld_clust(dp->fs, dir);
2173 
+		}
2174 
+	}
2175 
+
2176 
+	return res;
2177 
+}
2178 
+
2179 
+
2180 
+
2181 
+
2182 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2183 
+/* Get logical drive number from path name                               */
2184 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2185 
+
2186 
+static
2187 
+int get_ldnumber (		/* Returns logical drive number (-1:invalid drive) */
2188 
+	const TCHAR** path	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name */
2189 
+)
2190 
+{
2191 
+	const TCHAR *tp, *tt;
2192 
+	UINT i;
2193 
+	int vol = -1;
2194 
+#if _STR_VOLUME_ID		/* Find string drive id */
2195 
+	static const char* const str[] = {_VOLUME_STRS};
2196 
+	const char *sp;
2197 
+	char c;
2198 
+	TCHAR tc;
2199 
+#endif
2200 
+
2201 
+
2202 
+	if (*path) {	/* If the pointer is not a null */
2203 
+		for (tt = *path; (UINT)*tt >= (_USE_LFN ? ' ' : '!') && *tt != ':'; tt++) ;	/* Find ':' in the path */
2204 
+		if (*tt == ':') {	/* If a ':' is exist in the path name */
2205 
+			tp = *path;
2206 
+			i = *tp++ - '0';
2207 
+			if (i < 10 && tp == tt) {	/* Is there a numeric drive id? */
2208 
+				if (i < _VOLUMES) {	/* If a drive id is found, get the value and strip it */
2209 
+					vol = (int)i;
2210 
+					*path = ++tt;
2211 
+				}
2212 
+			}
2213 
+#if _STR_VOLUME_ID
2214 
+			 else {	/* No numeric drive number, find string drive id */
2215 
+				i = 0; tt++;
2216 
+				do {
2217 
+					sp = str[i]; tp = *path;
2218 
+					do {	/* Compare a string drive id with path name */
2219 
+						c = *sp++; tc = *tp++;
2220 
+						if (IsLower(tc)) tc -= 0x20;
2221 
+					} while (c && (TCHAR)c == tc);
2222 
+				} while ((c || tp != tt) && ++i < _VOLUMES);	/* Repeat for each id until pattern match */
2223 
+				if (i < _VOLUMES) {	/* If a drive id is found, get the value and strip it */
2224 
+					vol = (int)i;
2225 
+					*path = tt;
2226 
+				}
2227 
+			}
2228 
+#endif
2229 
+			return vol;
2230 
+		}
2231 
+#if _FS_RPATH && _VOLUMES >= 2
2232 
+		vol = CurrVol;	/* Current drive */
2233 
+#else
2234 
+		vol = 0;		/* Drive 0 */
2235 
+#endif
2236 
+	}
2237 
+	return vol;
2238 
+}
2239 
+
2240 
+
2241 
+
2242 
+
2243 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2244 
+/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT boot sector                   */
2245 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2246 
+
2247 
+static
2248 
+BYTE check_fs (	/* 0:FAT boor sector, 1:Valid boor sector but not FAT, 2:Not a boot sector, 3:Disk error */
2249 
+	FATFS* fs,	/* File system object */
2250 
+	DWORD sect	/* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
2251 
+)
2252 
+{
2253 
+	fs->wflag = 0; fs->winsect = 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* Invaidate window */
2254 
+	if (move_window(fs, sect) != FR_OK)			/* Load boot record */
2255 
+		return 3;
2256 
+
2257 
+	if (LD_WORD(&fs->win.d8[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)	/* Check boot record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
2258 
+		return 2;
2259 
+
2260 
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win.d8[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)		/* Check "FAT" string */
2261 
+		return 0;
2262 
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win.d8[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)	/* Check "FAT" string */
2263 
+		return 0;
2264 
+
2265 
+	return 1;
2266 
+}
2267 
+
2268 
+
2269 
+
2270 
+
2271 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2272 
+/* Find logical drive and check if the volume is mounted                 */
2273 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2274 
+
2275 
+static
2276 
+FRESULT find_volume (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
2277 
+	FATFS** rfs,		/* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
2278 
+	const TCHAR** path,	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
2279 
+	BYTE wmode			/* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
2280 
+)
2281 
+{
2282 
+	BYTE fmt, *pt;
2283 
+	int vol;
2284 
+	DSTATUS stat;
2285 
+	DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat, br[4];
2286 
+	WORD nrsv;
2287 
+	FATFS *fs;
2288 
+	UINT i;
2289 
+
2290 
+
2291 
+	/* Get logical drive number from the path name */
2292 
+	*rfs = 0;
2293 
+	vol = get_ldnumber(path);
2294 
+	if (vol < 0) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
2295 
+
2296 
+	/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
2297 
+	fs = FatFs[vol];					/* Get pointer to the file system object */
2298 
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;		/* Is the file system object available? */
2299 
+
2300 
+	ENTER_FF(fs);						/* Lock the volume */
2301 
+	*rfs = fs;							/* Return pointer to the file system object */
2302 
+
2303 
+	if (fs->fs_type) {					/* If the volume has been mounted */
2304 
+		stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
2305 
+		if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {		/* and the physical drive is kept initialized */
2306 
+			if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check write protection if needed */
2307 
+				return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
2308 
+			return FR_OK;				/* The file system object is valid */
2309 
+		}
2310 
+	}
2311 
+
2312 
+	/* The file system object is not valid. */
2313 
+	/* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
2314 
+
2315 
+	fs->fs_type = 0;					/* Clear the file system object */
2316 
+	fs->drv = LD2PD(vol);				/* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
2317 
+	stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv);	/* Initialize the physical drive */
2318 
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT)				/* Check if the initialization succeeded */
2319 
+		return FR_NOT_READY;			/* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
2320 
+	if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check disk write protection if needed */
2321 
+		return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
2322 
+#if _MAX_SS != _MIN_SS						/* Get sector size (multiple sector size cfg only) */
2323 
+	if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK
2324 
+		|| SS(fs) < _MIN_SS || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) return FR_DISK_ERR;
2325 
+#endif
2326 
+	/* Find an FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitioning, FDISK and SFD. */
2327 
+	bsect = 0;
2328 
+	fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);					/* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT boot sector as SFD */
2329 
+	if (fmt == 1 || (!fmt && (LD2PT(vol)))) {	/* Not an FAT boot sector or forced partition number */
2330 
+		for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {			/* Get partition offset */
2331 
+			pt = fs->win.d8 + MBR_Table + i * SZ_PTE;
2332 
+			br[i] = pt[4] ? LD_DWORD(&pt[8]) : 0;
2333 
+		}
2334 
+		i = LD2PT(vol);						/* Partition number: 0:auto, 1-4:forced */
2335 
+		if (i) i--;
2336 
+		do {								/* Find an FAT volume */
2337 
+			bsect = br[i];
2338 
+			fmt = bsect ? check_fs(fs, bsect) : 2;	/* Check the partition */
2339 
+		} while (!LD2PT(vol) && fmt && ++i < 4);
2340 
+	}
2341 
+	if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;		/* An error occured in the disk I/O layer */
2342 
+	if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* No FAT volume is found */
2343 
+
2344 
+	/* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
2345 
+
2346 
+	if (LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))	/* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
2347 
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
2348 
+
2349 
+	fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_FATSz16);			/* Number of sectors per FAT */
2350 
+	if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_FATSz32);
2351 
+	fs->fsize = fasize;
2352 
+
2353 
+	fs->n_fats = fs->win.d8[BPB_NumFATs];					/* Number of FAT copies */
2354 
+	if (fs->n_fats != 1 && fs->n_fats != 2)				/* (Must be 1 or 2) */
2355 
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
2356 
+	fasize *= fs->n_fats;								/* Number of sectors for FAT area */
2357 
+
2358 
+	fs->csize = fs->win.d8[BPB_SecPerClus];				/* Number of sectors per cluster */
2359 
+	if (!fs->csize || (fs->csize & (fs->csize - 1)))	/* (Must be power of 2) */
2360 
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
2361 
+
2362 
+	fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_RootEntCnt);	/* Number of root directory entries */
2363 
+	if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIRE))				/* (Must be sector aligned) */
2364 
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
2365 
+
2366 
+	tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_TotSec16);			/* Number of sectors on the volume */
2367 
+	if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_TotSec32);
2368 
+
2369 
+	nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_RsvdSecCnt);			/* Number of reserved sectors */
2370 
+	if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;					/* (Must not be 0) */
2371 
+
2372 
+	/* Determine the FAT sub type */
2373 
+	sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIRE);	/* RSV + FAT + DIR */
2374 
+	if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Invalid volume size) */
2375 
+	nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize;				/* Number of clusters */
2376 
+	if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;				/* (Invalid volume size) */
2377 
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;
2378 
+	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
2379 
+	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
2380 
+
2381 
+	/* Boundaries and Limits */
2382 
+	fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2;							/* Number of FAT entries */
2383 
+	fs->volbase = bsect;								/* Volume start sector */
2384 
+	fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; 						/* FAT start sector */
2385 
+	fs->database = bsect + sysect;						/* Data start sector */
2386 
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
2387 
+		if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
2388 
+		fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_RootClus);	/* Root directory start cluster */
2389 
+		szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4;						/* (Needed FAT size) */
2390 
+	} else {
2391 
+		if (!fs->n_rootdir)	return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
2392 
+		fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize;				/* Root directory start sector */
2393 
+		szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ?					/* (Needed FAT size) */
2394 
+			fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
2395 
+	}
2396 
+	if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs))	/* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than the size needed) */
2397 
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
2398 
+
2399 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
2400 
+	/* Initialize cluster allocation information */
2401 
+	fs->last_clust = fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
2402 
+
2403 
+	/* Get fsinfo if available */
2404 
+	fs->fsi_flag = 0x80;
2405 
+#if (_FS_NOFSINFO & 3) != 3
2406 
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32				/* Enable FSINFO only if FAT32 and BPB_FSInfo is 1 */
2407 
+		&& LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BPB_FSInfo) == 1
2408 
+		&& move_window(fs, bsect + 1) == FR_OK)
2409 
+	{
2410 
+		fs->fsi_flag = 0;
2411 
+		if (LD_WORD(fs->win.d8 + BS_55AA) == 0xAA55	/* Load FSINFO data if available */
2412 
+			&& LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252
2413 
+			&& LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272)
2414 
+		{
2415 
+#if (_FS_NOFSINFO & 1) == 0
2416 
+			fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_Free_Count);
2417 
+#endif
2418 
+#if (_FS_NOFSINFO & 2) == 0
2419 
+			fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win.d8 + FSI_Nxt_Free);
2420 
+#endif
2421 
+		}
2422 
+	}
2423 
+#endif
2424 
+#endif
2425 
+	fs->fs_type = fmt;	/* FAT sub-type */
2426 
+	fs->id = ++Fsid;	/* File system mount ID */
2427 
+#if _FS_RPATH
2428 
+	fs->cdir = 0;		/* Set current directory to root */
2429 
+#endif
2430 
+#if _FS_LOCK			/* Clear file lock semaphores */
2431 
+	clear_lock(fs);
2432 
+#endif
2433 
+
2434 
+	return FR_OK;
2435 
+}
2436 
+
2437 
+
2438 
+
2439 
+
2440 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2441 
+/* Check if the file/directory object is valid or not                    */
2442 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2443 
+
2444 
+static
2445 
+FRESULT validate (	/* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
2446 
+	void* obj		/* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
2447 
+)
2448 
+{
2449 
+	FIL *fil = (FIL*)obj;	/* Assuming offset of .fs and .id in the FIL/DIR structure is identical */
2450 
+
2451 
+
2452 
+	if (!fil || !fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id || (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT))
2453 
+		return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
2454 
+
2455 
+	ENTER_FF(fil->fs);		/* Lock file system */
2456 
+
2457 
+	return FR_OK;
2458 
+}
2459 
+
2460 
+
2461 
+
2462 
+
2463 
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
2464 
+
2465 
+   Public Functions
2466 
+
2467 
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2468 
+
2469 
+
2470 
+
2471 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2472 
+/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive                                         */
2473 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2474 
+
2475 
+FRESULT f_mount (
2476 
+	FATFS* fs,			/* Pointer to the file system object (NULL:unmount)*/
2477 
+	const TCHAR* path,	/* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
2478 
+	BYTE opt			/* 0:Do not mount (delayed mount), 1:Mount immediately */
2479 
+)
2480 
+{
2481 
+	FATFS *cfs;
2482 
+	int vol;
2483 
+	FRESULT res;
2484 
+	const TCHAR *rp = path;
2485 
+
2486 
+
2487 
+	vol = get_ldnumber(&rp);
2488 
+	if (vol < 0) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
2489 
+	cfs = FatFs[vol];					/* Pointer to fs object */
2490 
+
2491 
+	if (cfs) {
2492 
+#if _FS_LOCK
2493 
+		clear_lock(cfs);
2494 
+#endif
2495 
+#if _FS_REENTRANT						/* Discard sync object of the current volume */
2496 
+		if (!ff_del_syncobj(cfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
2497 
+#endif
2498 
+		cfs->fs_type = 0;				/* Clear old fs object */
2499 
+	}
2500 
+
2501 
+	if (fs) {
2502 
+		fs->fs_type = 0;				/* Clear new fs object */
2503 
+#if _FS_REENTRANT						/* Create sync object for the new volume */
2504 
+		if (!ff_cre_syncobj((BYTE)vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
2505 
+#endif
2506 
+	}
2507 
+	FatFs[vol] = fs;					/* Register new fs object */
2508 
+
2509 
+	if (!fs || opt != 1) return FR_OK;	/* Do not mount now, it will be mounted later */
2510 
+
2511 
+	res = find_volume(&fs, &path, 0);	/* Force mounted the volume */
2512 
+	LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
2513 
+}
2514 
+
2515 
+
2516 
+
2517 
+
2518 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2519 
+/* Open or Create a File                                                 */
2520 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2521 
+
2522 
+FRESULT f_open (
2523 
+	FIL* fp,			/* Pointer to the blank file object */
2524 
+	const TCHAR* path,	/* Pointer to the file name */
2525 
+	BYTE mode			/* Access mode and file open mode flags */
2526 
+)
2527 
+{
2528 
+	FRESULT res;
2529 
+	DIR dj;
2530 
+	BYTE *dir;
2531 
+	DEFINE_NAMEBUF;
2532 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
2533 
+	DWORD dw, cl;
2534 
+#endif
2535 
+
2536 
+
2537 
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
2538 
+	fp->fs = 0;			/* Clear file object */
2539 
+
2540 
+	/* Get logical drive number */
2541 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
2542 
+	mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
2543 
+	res = find_volume(&dj.fs, &path, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
2544 
+#else
2545 
+	mode &= FA_READ;
2546 
+	res = find_volume(&dj.fs, &path, 0);
2547 
+#endif
2548 
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
2549 
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
2550 
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
2551 
+		dir = dj.dir;
2552 
+#if !_FS_READONLY	/* R/W configuration */
2553 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
2554 
+			if (!dir)	/* Default directory itself */
2555 
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
2556 
+#if _FS_LOCK
2557 
+			else
2558 
+				res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
2559 
+#endif
2560 
+		}
2561 
+		/* Create or Open a file */
2562 
+		if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
2563 
+			if (res != FR_OK) {					/* No file, create new */
2564 
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE)			/* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
2565 
+#if _FS_LOCK
2566 
+					res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
2567 
+#else
2568 
+					res = dir_register(&dj);
2569 
+#endif
2570 
+				mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;		/* File is created */
2571 
+				dir = dj.dir;					/* New entry */
2572 
+			}
2573 
+			else {								/* Any object is already existing */
2574 
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
2575 
+					res = FR_DENIED;
2576 
+				} else {
2577 
+					if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)	/* Cannot create as new file */
2578 
+						res = FR_EXIST;
2579 
+				}
2580 
+			}
2581 
+			if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) {	/* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
2582 
+				dw = GET_FATTIME();				/* Created time */
2583 
+				ST_DWORD(dir + DIR_CrtTime, dw);
2584 
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;				/* Reset attribute */
2585 
+				ST_DWORD(dir + DIR_FileSize, 0);/* size = 0 */
2586 
+				cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);		/* Get start cluster */
2587 
+				st_clust(dir, 0);				/* cluster = 0 */
2588 
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
2589 
+				if (cl) {						/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
2590 
+					dw = dj.fs->winsect;
2591 
+					res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
2592 
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
2593 
+						dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;	/* Reuse the cluster hole */
2594 
+						res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
2595 
+					}
2596 
+				}
2597 
+			}
2598 
+		}
2599 
+		else {	/* Open an existing file */
2600 
+			if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow succeeded */
2601 
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {	/* It is a directory */
2602 
+					res = FR_NO_FILE;
2603 
+				} else {
2604 
+					if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
2605 
+						res = FR_DENIED;
2606 
+				}
2607 
+			}
2608 
+		}
2609 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
2610 
+			if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)		/* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
2611 
+				mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
2612 
+			fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;		/* Pointer to the directory entry */
2613 
+			fp->dir_ptr = dir;
2614 
+#if _FS_LOCK
2615 
+			fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
2616 
+			if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
2617 
+#endif
2618 
+		}
2619 
+
2620 
+#else				/* R/O configuration */
2621 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow succeeded */
2622 
+			dir = dj.dir;
2623 
+			if (!dir) {						/* Current directory itself */
2624 
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
2625 
+			} else {
2626 
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* It is a directory */
2627 
+					res = FR_NO_FILE;
2628 
+			}
2629 
+		}
2630 
+#endif
2631 
+		FREE_BUF();
2632 
+
2633 
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
2634 
+			fp->flag = mode;					/* File access mode */
2635 
+			fp->err = 0;						/* Clear error flag */
2636 
+			fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);	/* File start cluster */
2637 
+			fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir + DIR_FileSize);	/* File size */
2638 
+			fp->fptr = 0;						/* File pointer */
2639 
+			fp->dsect = 0;
2640 
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
2641 
+			fp->cltbl = 0;						/* Normal seek mode */
2642 
+#endif
2643 
+			fp->fs = dj.fs;	 					/* Validate file object */
2644 
+			fp->id = fp->fs->id;
2645 
+		}
2646 
+	}
2647 
+
2648 
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
2649 
+}
2650 
+
2651 
+
2652 
+
2653 
+
2654 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2655 
+/* Read File                                                             */
2656 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2657 
+
2658 
+FRESULT f_read (
2659 
+	FIL* fp, 		/* Pointer to the file object */
2660 
+	void* buff,		/* Pointer to data buffer */
2661 
+	UINT btr,		/* Number of bytes to read */
2662 
+	UINT* br		/* Pointer to number of bytes read */
2663 
+)
2664 
+{
2665 
+	FRESULT res;
2666 
+	DWORD clst, sect, remain;
2667 
+	UINT rcnt, cc;
2668 
+	BYTE csect, *rbuff = (BYTE*)buff;
2669 
+
2670 
+
2671 
+	*br = 0;	/* Clear read byte counter */
2672 
+
2673 
+	res = validate(fp);							/* Check validity */
2674 
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
2675 
+	if (fp->err)								/* Check error */
2676 
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, (FRESULT)fp->err);
2677 
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) 					/* Check access mode */
2678 
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
2679 
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
2680 
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;		/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
2681 
+
2682 
+	for ( ;  btr;								/* Repeat until all data read */
2683 
+		rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
2684 
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {		/* On the sector boundary? */
2685 
+			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
2686 
+			if (!csect) {						/* On the cluster boundary? */
2687 
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {			/* On the top of the file? */
2688 
+					clst = fp->sclust;			/* Follow from the origin */
2689 
+				} else {						/* Middle or end of the file */
2690 
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
2691 
+					if (fp->cltbl)
2692 
+						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
2693 
+					else
2694 
+#endif
2695 
+						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
2696 
+				}
2697 
+				if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
2698 
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2699 
+				fp->clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */
2700 
+			}
2701 
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */
2702 
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
2703 
+			sect += csect;
2704 
+			cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);				/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
2705 
+			if (cc) {							/* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
2706 
+				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
2707 
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
2708 
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, cc) != RES_OK)
2709 
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2710 
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2			/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
2711 
+#if _FS_TINY
2712 
+				if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
2713 
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win.d8, SS(fp->fs));
2714 
+#else
2715 
+				if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
2716 
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf.d8, SS(fp->fs));
2717 
+#endif
2718 
+#endif
2719 
+				rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;			/* Number of bytes transferred */
2720 
+				continue;
2721 
+			}
2722 
+#if !_FS_TINY
2723 
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {			/* Load data sector if not in cache */
2724 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
2725 
+				if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
2726 
+					if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf.d8, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
2727 
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2728 
+					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
2729 
+				}
2730 
+#endif
2731 
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf.d8, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */
2732 
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2733 
+			}
2734 
+#endif
2735 
+			fp->dsect = sect;
2736 
+		}
2737 
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
2738 
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
2739 
+#if _FS_TINY
2740 
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect) != FR_OK)		/* Move sector window */
2741 
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2742 
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win.d8[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
2743 
+#else
2744 
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf.d8[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
2745 
+#endif
2746 
+	}
2747 
+
2748 
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
2749 
+}
2750 
+
2751 
+
2752 
+
2753 
+
2754 
+#if !_FS_READONLY
2755 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2756 
+/* Write File                                                            */
2757 
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
2758 
+
2759 
+FRESULT f_write (
2760 
+	FIL* fp,			/* Pointer to the file object */
2761 
+	const void *buff,	/* Pointer to the data to be written */
2762 
+	UINT btw,			/* Number of bytes to write */
2763 
+	UINT* bw			/* Pointer to number of bytes written */
2764 
+)
2765 
+{
2766 
+	FRESULT res;
2767 
+	DWORD clst, sect;
2768 
+	UINT wcnt, cc;
2769 
+	const BYTE *wbuff = (const BYTE*)buff;
2770 
+	BYTE csect;
2771 
+
2772 
+
2773 
+	*bw = 0;	/* Clear write byte counter */
2774 
+
2775 
+	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity */
2776 
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
2777 
+	if (fp->err)							/* Check error */
2778 
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, (FRESULT)fp->err);
2779 
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))				/* Check access mode */
2780 
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
2781 
+	if (fp->fptr + btw < fp->fptr) btw = 0;	/* File size cannot reach 4GB */
2782 
+
2783 
+	for ( ;  btw;							/* Repeat until all data written */
2784 
+		wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
2785 
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {	/* On the sector boundary? */
2786 
+			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
2787 
+			if (!csect) {					/* On the cluster boundary? */
2788 
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {		/* On the top of the file? */
2789 
+					clst = fp->sclust;		/* Follow from the origin */
2790 
+					if (clst == 0)			/* When no cluster is allocated, */
2791 
+						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);	/* Create a new cluster chain */
2792 
+				} else {					/* Middle or end of the file */
2793 
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
2794 
+					if (fp->cltbl)
2795 
+						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
2796 
+					else
2797 
+#endif
2798 
+						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
2799 
+				}
2800 
+				if (clst == 0) break;		/* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
2801 
+				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
2802 
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2803 
+				fp->clust = clst;			/* Update current cluster */
2804 
+				if (fp->sclust == 0) fp->sclust = clst;	/* Set start cluster if the first write */
2805 
+			}
2806 
+#if _FS_TINY
2807 
+			if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && sync_window(fp->fs))	/* Write-back sector cache */
2808 
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
2809 
+#else
2810 
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back sector cache */
2811 
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf.d8, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
2812 
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);